economics 2011 (uk)

R o u t l e d g e

economicsNew Titles and Key Backlist 2011

www.routledge.com/economics

View any

product online

using the urls below each

listing

ConfliCt, PolitiCal aCCountability and aid

Paul collier is Professor of Economics at oxford university. He is the author of The Bottom Billion, winner of the arthur Ross book award and lionel Gelber Prize.

Paul Collier’s contributions to development economics, and in regard to Africa in particular, have marked him out as one of the most influential commentators of recent times. His research has centred upon the causes and consequences of civil war, the effects of aid, and the problems of democracy in low-income and natural-resource-rich societies. His work has also enjoyed substantial policy impact, having seen him sit as a senior adviser to Tony Blair’s Commission on Africa and addressed the General Assembly of the United Nations.

This collection of Collier’s major writings, with assistance from Anke Hoeffler and Jan Gunning, and accompanied by a new introduction, provide the definitive account of a wide range of macroeconomic, microeconomic and political economy topics concerned with Africa. Within macroeconomics, there is a focus on external shocks, exchange rate and trade policies, whilst microeconomic topics focus upon labour and financial markets, as well as rural development. Collier’s book The Bottom Billion had become a landmark book and this summation of the research underpinning it will be a superb guide for all those concerned with African development.

Table of conTenTsIntroduction Part 1: Conflict 1. Greed and Grievance in Civil War 2. Beyond Greed and Grievance: Feasibility and Civil War 3. Unintended Consequences: Does Aid Promote Arms Races? 4. Post-Conflict Risk 5. Aid, Policy and Growth in Post-Conflict Countries 6. On the Duration of Civil War 7. On the Economic Consequences of Civil War Part 2: Political Accountability 8. Testing the Neocon Agenda: Democracy in Resource-Rich Societies 9. What are the Preconditions for Turnarounds in Failing States? 10. Elections and Economic Policy in Developing Countries Part 3: Aid 11. Does Aid Mitigate External Shocks? 12. Aid Allocation and Poverty Reduction 13. Is Aid Oil?: An analysis of Whether Africa can Absorb More Aid Part 4: Africa 14. Climate Change and Africa 15. Assisting Africa to Achieve Decisive Change 16. African Growth: Why a ‘Big Push’? 17. Africa: Geography and Growth 18. Why Has Africa Grown Slowly? 19. Explaining African Economic Performance

September 2010: 234x156: 408pp • Hb: 978-0-415-58727-3: £100.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-58731-0: £29.99

For more information visit: www.routledge.com/books/details/9780415587310


Welcome to Routledge

EconomicsNew Titles and Key Backlist 2011

The Easy Way to OrderOrdering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions. Alternatively, you can call, fax, or see order form at the back of this catalog.

UK and Rest of WorldCall: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

US, Canada and Latin AmericaCall: 1-800-634-7064 Fax: 1-800-248-4724

eBooksOver 20,000 of our titles are available as eBooks – available to browse at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.

eUpdatesRegister your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Trade Customers’ Representatives, Agents and DistributionFor a complete list, visit: www.routledge.com/representatives.

uk and rEst of worldMarketing:

Alex Robinson – Marketing ManagerEmail: [email protected]

Gemma Walker – Marketing CoordinatorEmail: [email protected]

Editorial:

Rob Langham – Senior PublisherEmail: [email protected]

Emily Kindleysides – EditorEmail: [email protected]

Journals:

Online: www.informaworld.com/journalsEmail: [email protected]: +44 (0)20 7017 5544

us, canada and latin amEricaMarketing:

David Wilfinger – Marketing ManagerEmail: [email protected]

Alina Zihharev – Marketing CoordinatorEmail: [email protected]

Journals:

Online: www.informaworld.com/journalsEmail: [email protected]: Toll Free: 1-800-354-1420 Overseas: 1-215-625-8900

contEntsMicroeconomics & Game Theory . . . . . . 2

Macroeconomics, Money & Finance . . . . 2

Econometrics & Quantitative Methods . . 4

International Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Asian Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

European Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Development Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Political Economics: General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Economic Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . 27Gender and Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Social Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28History of Economic Thought . . . . . . . 29Public Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Environmental and Agricultural Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Economic History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Industrial, Labour and Business Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Law and Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Research Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Research Monographs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . Back of Catalog

contacts

considEring books for coursE usE?Books marked with are available as complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption. To obtain your copy visit the URL listed beneath the title in the catalog and select your choice of print or electronic copy. Visit www.routledge.com or in the US you can call 1-800-634-7064.

Books marked with are available as electronic inspection copies only.

Dear Reader,

I am delighted to welcome you to the 2011 Routledge Economics catalogue. Few publishers have produced as broad a range of titles in the discipline down the years and 2011 will be no exception. For me, working for Routledge over the past 11 years has provided me with the opportunity to work with authors of path breaking books in the field, often questioning the orthodoxy (important at a time of global financial crisis) and acknowledging the area’s strong interdisciplinary tradition.

Hence, alongside our traditional strengths in Development and Heterodox Economics, we are now publishing a much greater number of books on the Environment as well as moving into the hottest new fields of all, including Behavioural Economics. Highlights this year include Conflict, Political Accountability and Aid by Paul Collier, The Global Financial Crisis edited by Mark Taylor and Richard Clarida and a new undergraduate Macroeconomics textbook from Robert Rossana.

Best wishes, Rob Langham, Senior Publisher

2

complimentary Exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion website

microEconomics & gamE thEory

microEconomics & gamE thoEry

Behavioral EconomicsEdward Cartwright, University of Kent, UK

Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance

This textbook is a first major introduction to behavioral economics, designed primarily for advanced undergraduate students. Unquestionably the hottest new field to have emerged in the social sciences over the past decade, behavioral considerations are now making themselves felt across academia and beyond and books such as Richard Thaler and Cass Sunstein’s Nudge have become blueprints for a new way of thinking. This text will introduce all the key concepts to a student audience.

Although grounded in game theory and experimental economics, the focus of the text is very much on Behavior as opposed to Games. The field is presented as a coherent subject and the text covers a host of cutting edge developments including the analyses of fairness, reciprocity and altruism, as well as the brave new frontier of neuroeconomics.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 334ppHb: 978-0-415-57309-2: £115.00Pb: 978-0-415-57312-2: £33.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573122

Agent-Based Computational EconomicsShu-Heng Chen, National Chengchi University, Taiwan

Series: Routledge Advances in Experimental and Computable Economics

This book provides a review of the development of agent-based computational economics from a perspective of how artificial economic agents are designed under the influences of complex sciences, experimental economics and artificial intelligence.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Ideas and Structures of the Book 1. Economics in an Interdisciplinary Context 2. Agent-Based Modelling in the Social Sciences Part 2: Origins of ACE: Two Traditions 3. Cellular Automata 4. Agent-Based Modelling of Economic Experiments Part 3: Designing Artificial Economic Agents 5. Calibrated Artificial Agents 6. Agent-Based Double Auction Markets 7. Market Simulation Platforms Part 4: Computational Intelligence 8. Reinforcement Learning 9. Artificial Neural Networks 10. Evolutionary Computation Part 5: Agent-Based Financial Markets 11. Artificial Financial Markets with Programmed Agents 12. Artificial Financial Markets with Autonomous Agents 13. Empirically-Based Agent-Based Models Part 6: Cognitive and Psychological Agent-Based Modelling 14. Economic Significance of Personal Traits 15. Neuroeconomic Agents 16. Software Agents with Heterogeneous Intelligence 17. Agent-Based Lottery Markets Part 7: Social Networks 18. Social Networks 19. Agent-Based Social Networks Part 8: Novelty Discoveries and Modelling of Changes 20. Agent-Based Modular Economy Part 9: Conclusions 21. Beyond the Frontiers-Directions for the Further and Future Appendix. Resources

May 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61488-7: £75.00


Models of SimonK. Vela Velupillai, University of Trento, Italy


When Herbert Simon died in 2000, he left behind a hugely impressive legacy. This new book from one of the world’s leading experts on Simon will be of great interest to the modern economist.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-31158-8: £55.00eBook: 978-0-203-46244-7


macroEconomics, monEy & financE

MacroeconomicsRobert J. Rossana, Wayne State University, USA

Research in macroeconomics in the last thirty years has focused, almost exclusively on two characteristics: an emphasis on the microfoundations of macroeconomics and secondly, intertemporal economics, that is, the behavior of economic actors over time. Curiously, textbooks in intermediate macroeconomics have been very slow to adopt these traits.

The aim of this book is to bring intermediate instruction in macroeconomics fully into line with the direction taken by the research community. Key hallmarks of the text include:

• a full introduction to the microfoundations of consumption and investment

• a complete model of the labor market with profit maximization for firms to determine labor demand and a utility maximization model to determine labor supply

• an analysis of the Baumol-Tobin model to determine money demand accompanied by a discussion of traditional money supply.

Possessing a full range of additional learning features including a companion website, test bank and instructor’s manual, the book takes an international view of macroeconomics with case studies and examples from the United States and beyond.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Preliminary Concepts and Measurement 1. An Introduction to Macroeconomics 2. Measuring Macroeconomic Data 3. Business Cycle Measurement Part 2: Microfoundations 4. Consumption 5. Investment 6. Government 7. Money 8. The Labor Market Part 3: Long Run Models of the Economy 9. A Classical Model of the Aggregate Economy 10. Economic Growth Part 4: Short Run Models of the Economy 11. Aggregate Demand 12. Models of Cyclical Fluctuations 13. The Phillips Curve and Expectation Formation 14. Macroeconomic Policy 15. Macroeconomics in an Open Economy

February 2011: 246 x 189: 600ppHb: 978-0-415-77949-4: £125.00Pb: 978-0-415-77950-0: £44.99eBook: 978-0-203-82927-1


Macroeconomic Policy Regimes in Western Industrial CountriesHansjörg Herr and Milka Kazandziska, both at Berlin School of Economics and Law, Germany

Series: Routledge Frontiers in Political Economy

Macroeconomic Policy Regimes in Western Industrial Countries explains how certain countries have created a more liberal and market-based type of capitalism. The emphasis throughout is on how understanding macroeconomic policies, and the institutional framework in which they operate, is vital to understanding the long-run dynamics of a capitalist economy

February 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-56173-0: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-83034-5


For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact:

UK and Rest of World United States, Canada and South America [email protected] [email protected]

www.ebooksubscriptions.com

eBooks

The Economics, Finance, Business and Industry eCollection.

AlsoAvAilAble

Microeconomics and Game Theory eBooksTaylor & Francis Microeconomics and Game Theory eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

3

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/economics


Insurance Theory and PracticeRob Thoyts, London Metropolitan University, UK

This book provides a comprehensive overview of the theory, functioning, management and legal background of the insurance industry. Written in accessible, non-technical style, Insurance Theory and Practice begins with an examination of the insurance concept, its guiding principles and legal rules before moving on to an analysis of the

market, its players and their roles and relationships.

The model is the UK insurance market which is globally recognized and forms the basis of the insurance system in a range of countries in the Middle East, Africa and the Caribbean as well as Australia and Canada. The book covers the underlying ideas behind insurance transactions, together with the legal and financial principles that permit these concepts to function in the real world.

Key issues considered include:

• the role of the constituent parts of the insurance market

• the operation of both life and general insurers with special reference to the operation of the Lloyd’s market

• the nature and function of reinsurers, brokers and loss adjusters

• the influence of government, both in terms of market regulation and consumer protection

• alternatives to the established private sector insurers, such as government schemes, Islamic insurance and alternative risk financing.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Insurance as a Risk Transfer Mechanism 2. Fundamental Legal Principles of Insurance 3. The Insurance Contract 4. Financial and Accounting Principles 5. The Structure and Regulation of the UK Insurance Market 6. Lloyd’s of London 7. Reinsurance 8. Insurance Intermediaries 9. Claims Handling 10. Life Assurance 11. Pensions 12. Policyholder and Third Party Protection 13. Alternative Insurance Systems 14. The Role of Insurance in Risk Management. Appendix I. Appendix II

June 2010: 246 x 174: 344ppHb: 978-0-415-55904-1: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-55905-8: £33.99eBook: 978-0-203-85059-6


The Recession and BeyondLocal Authority Responses to the Downturn

Edited by David Bailey, Coventry University, UK and University of Birmingham, UK and Caroline Chapain, University of Birmingham, UK

Series: Regions and Cities

Due to their proximity to economic actors, local authorities are often at the forefront of dealing with the impacts of recession on people and places, and have been charged with powers to promote the well-being of their population in economic, social and environmental terms. With the shift from local government to local governance in the last decade, they also have an increasing role in terms of the coordination of various organisations in the delivery of local services. Building on past and current literature, this book provides an overview of the impacts of the current recession on people and place and how it affects local authorities.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59034-1: £85.00


Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking

Banking Regulation and the Financial CrisisJin Cao, University of Munich, Germany

Focusing on the recent banking crisis, Cao looks at why the existing regulatory regime failed to prevent the financial meltdown, and establishes a framework for evaluating the instruments in the regulator’s toolbox.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Why There is (again) Financial Crisis and What (new) Lessons One Can Learn for Regulation: An Overview Part 2: Micro Fragility and Macro Stability: Liquidity Shortages and Financial Crisis 2. Bank Run, Contagion, and Herding 3. Endogenous Systemic Liquidity Risks 4. This Time is Different: The Shadow Uncertainty on Illiquidity and Insolvency Part 3: Regulating the Banks: Ex Post Intervention and Ex Ante Incentives 5. Inside the Toolbox: Liquidity Requirements, Capital Adequacy, Liquidity Tax, and Convertible Debt 6. Time (in-)Consistency and Policy Credibility 7. Regulation Under Uncertainty: Public and Private Solution Part 4: Towards a Macroprudential Regulatory Framework 8. Micro Incentives and Macro Policies: The Next Generation Regulatory Framework?

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60780-3: £75.00


New Approaches to Monetary Economics and TheoryInterdisciplinary Perspectives

Edited by Heiner Ganßmann, Free University, Berlin

Everybody uses money every day, but we rarely stop to think about how money works. In this book, scholars from different disciplines seek to answer that question; from historians to economists, sociologists, a philosopher and a physicist.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Heiner Ganßmann 2. The Role and the Place of Money and Credit in the Economy of Ancient Mesopotamia Johannes Renger 3. The Greek Invention of Money Richard Seaford 4. Explaining the Origin of Money: Interdisciplinary Perspectives N. Emrah Aydìnonat 5. Weber’s ‘Last Theory of Capitalism’ and Heterodox Approaches to Money and Finance John Smithin 6. Money and Sovereignty: A Comparison between Hobbes and Modern Money Theory Jean Cartelier 7. Statistical Mechanics Approach to the Probability Distribution of Money Victor M. Yakovenko 8. Money, Credit and the Structures of Social Action Heiner Ganßmann 9. Money, Liquidity and Price Bruce G. Carruthers 10. Understanding Modern Money: How A Sovereign Currency Works L. Randall Wray 11. Monetary Equivalence and Functionalism: Implications for Central Banking Dick Bryan and Mike Rafferty 12. From Marx to Minsky: The Universal Equivalent, Finance to Production and the Deepening of the Real Subsumption of Labour under Capital Riccardo Bellofiore 13. Money, Expectations, Physics and Financial Markets: Paradigmatic Alternatives in Economic Thinking Hansjörg Herr 14. The Second End of Laissez-Faire: The Bootstrapping Nature of Money and the Inherent Instability of Capitalism Katsuhito Iwai



2nd Edition

Policy Makers on PolicyThe Mais Lectures

Edited by Forrest Capie and Geoffrey Wood, both at Cass Business School, City University, London, UK

From the first edition:

’These writers offer tremendous insights into the information by bringing together the views of a broad range of leading policy makers and practitioners.’ - Business Horizons, 2002

This new edition collects contributions from leading policy makers and practitioners

to reflect on the aims and objectives of monetary policy and on what it can achieve, combining the old chapters from the likes of Gordon Brown, Tony Blair, Kenneth Clarke, Geoffrey Howe and Nigel Lawson with new perspectives from Mervyn King, Jean-Claude Trichet, Ernst Welteke, Otmar Issing, and Alastair Darling.

A new far reaching introduction from the editors Forrest Capie and Geoffrey Wood puts these important contributions to the discussion of economic policy in the new context. What lessons can be learnt from these earlier discussions? What anticipations of present difficulties can be found in them? What, in other words, does the comparatively recent past teach us about how to deal with the turbulent present?

May 2011: 234 x 156: 258ppHb: 978-0-415-57368-9: £80.00


Social Banks and the Future of Sustainable FinanceEdited by Olaf Weber and Sven Remer, both at Institute for Social Banking, Germany

Social Banks and the Future of Sustainable Finance is the first book to deliver a comprehensive and detailed overview about the past, present and possible future of Social and Sustainable Banking for researchers, students and a professional audience. The authors are experts from research and practice and have been involved in Social Banking for many years. Thus they combine state-of-the-art expertise with valuable insider knowledge.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58329-9: £80.00


Towards a Socioanalysis of Money, Finance and CapitalismBeneath the Surface of the Financial Industry

Edited by Susan Long, RMIT University, Melbourne and Burkard Sievers, Bergische University Wuppertal, Germany

This book deepens the psycho- and socio-analytic study of the world of finance, the financial industry and the meaning and unconscious function of money and capital as a fundamental domain of contemporary society and the world at large.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60031-6: £85.00


4



Real Business Cycle Models in EconomicsWarren Young, Bar Ilan University, Israel

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

The purpose of this book is to describe the intellectual process by which Real Business Cycle models developed, focusing on the core elements in the development of RBC models: (i) building blocks, (ii) catalysts, and (iii) meta-syntheses.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-47569-3: £75.00


Foreign Direct Investment in ChinaSpillover Effects on Domestic Enterprises

Ziliang Deng, Renmin University, China

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy

The book’s innovative and original perspectives over the hot economic issues in the contemporary world economy makes it an ideal pedagogical handbook for researchers working on related topics.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Stylised Facts and Literature Review 1. Stylized Facts of FDI Inflow to China and Its Spillovers 2. A Review on Foreign Direct Investment and Productivity Spillovers Part 2: Econometric Analyses for Quantifying the Spillover Effects 3. The Interplay between Foreign and Domestic Enterprises: Firm-Level Analysis 4. What Do the Aggregate Data Tell Us? Industry-Level Analysis Part 3: A General Equilibrium Framework for Quantifying the Spillover Effects 5. Computable General Equilibrium Modelling 6. Data Compilations 7. A CGE Model for FDI Spillovers and its Extensions 8. Magnitude and Pattern of Productivity Spillovers Part 4: Significant Impact of FDI Productivity Spillovers 9. Swapping Market Access for Productivity Spillovers? 10. Why the Chinese Banking System Survived the Global Financial Crisis? The Role of WTO Accession and FDI Efficiency Spillovers 11. FDI Productivity Spillovers Via Export and the U.S.-China Trade Disputes

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59142-3: £100.00


The Phenomenon of MoneyThomas Crump

Series: Routledge Revivals

First published in 1981, this book concerns itself with the different ways in which money is used, the relationships which then arise, and the institutions concerned in maintaining its various functions. Thomas Crump examines the emergence of institutions with familiar and distinctive monetary roles: the state, the market and the banking system. However, other uses of money - such as for gambling or the payment of fines - are also taken into account, in an exhaustive, encyclopedic treatment of the subject, which extends far beyond the range of conventional treatises on money.

Selected Contents: 1. The Phenomenology of Money 2. The Money Game 3. Money and Exchange 4. The Debt Relationship 5. The Supply of Money 6. The Role of the Corporation 7. Distribution and Redistribution 8. Boundaries in the Use of Money 9. The Monetary role of the State 10. The Development of Commercial Banking 11. Central Banking: Illusion and Reality 12. The Pure-Money Complex and its Transformations 13. Capital and Corporate State 14. The Socialist States 15. The Third World: Scale, Inversion and Discontinuity 16. Foreign Exchanges and International Finance 17. Inflation 18. Diverse Approaches to a Single Phenomenon?

January 2011: 216 x 138: 382ppHb: 978-0-415-61187-9: £80.00


EconomEtrics & QuantitatvE mEthods

Applied Statistics for EconomistsMargaret Lewis, College of St. Benedict and Saint John’s University, Minnesota, USA

Economists have employed numerical information to understand economic phenomena since the origins of the modern discipline in the seventeenth century. While the methods for assessing such information are increasingly sophisticated, we continue to be interested in identifying and understanding trends and patterns in economic data. This text is an introduction to some of the tried-and-true quantitative methods used by economists. Its goal is to give students a background in these methods so they might do empirical economics in their upper-division economics courses.

Hitherto, most economists have been forced to resort to business statistics or even general statistics texts in order to introduce quantitative methods to economists. This text moves beyond those and includes a wealth of examples and applications that are specifically relevant to economics.

March 2011: 246 x 174: 400ppHb: 978-0-415-77798-8: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-55468-8: £33.99


2nd Edition

Elementary Statistics TablesHenry R. Neave

This book, designed for students taking a basic introductory course in statistical analysis, is far more than just a book of tables. Each table is accompanied by a careful but concise explanation and useful worked examples. Requiring little mathematical background, Elementary Statistics Tables is thus not just a reference book but a positive and user-friendly

teaching and learning aid.

The new edition contains a new and comprehensive ’teach-yourself’ section on a simple but powerful approach, now well-known in parts of industry but less so in academia, to analysing and interpreting process data. This is a particularly valuable enabler to personnel who are not qualified in traditional statistical methods to actively contribute to quality-improvement projects. The Second Edition also includes a much-improved glossary of symbols and notation.

Selected Contents: 1. The Standard Discrete Distributions 2. The Standard Continuous Distributions 3. Goodness-of-fit Tests 4. Nonparametric Tests 5. Correlation 6. Useful Odds and Ends 7 . Preface to Second Edition 8. Control Charts, Process Behaviour Charts and Process Improvement



rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

ls Applied EconomicsEditor: Mark P. Taylor, University of Warwick, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/raec

Applied Economics LettersEditor: Mark P. Taylor, University of Warwick, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rael

Applied Financial EconomicsEditor: Mark P. Taylor, University of Warwick, UK

Co-Editor: Richard H. Clarida, Colombia University, USA

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rafe

European Journal of FinanceEditor: Chris Adcock, University of Sheffield, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rejf

International Review of Applied EconomicsEditor: Malcolm Sawyer, University of Leeds, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cira

VIEW ANY

product online

usingtheurlsbeloweAch

listing

5


EconomEtrics & QuantitatvE mEthods

Mathematical EconomicsArsen Melkumian, Western Illinois University, USA

This textbook, designed for a single semester course, begins with basic set theory, and moves briskly through fundamental, exponential, and logarithmic functions. Limits and derivatives finish the preparation for economic applications, which are introduced in chapters on univariate functions, matrix algebra, and the constrained and unconstrained optimization of

univariate and multivariate functions. The text finishes with chapters on integrals, the mathematics of finance, complex numbers, and differential and difference equations.

Rich in targeted examples and explanations, Mathematical Economics offers the utility of a handbook and the thorough treatment of a text. While the typical economics text is written for two semester applications, this text is focused on the essentials. Instructors and students are given the concepts in conjunction with specific examples and their solutions.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Fundamental Functions and Series 3. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 4. Limits and Derivatives 5. Optimization of Univariate Functions 6. Matrix Algebra 7. Further Topics in Matrix Algebra 8. Optimization of Bivariate and Multivariate Functions 9. Infinite and Definite Integrals Mathematics of Finance 11. Complex Numbers 12. Difference and Differential Equations

November 2010: 246 x 174: 232ppHb: 978-0-415-77686-8: £125.00Pb: 978-0-415-77687-5: £31.99eBook: 978-0-2038-3721-4


Introduction to Estimating Economic ModelsAtsushi Maki, Tokyo International University, Japan

Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance

For beginning econometrics students or practitioners, the book illustrates the application of econometric methods to empirical analysis of economic issues perfectly. Its comprehensive treatment uncovers the missing link between economic theory and econometrics.

December 2010: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-58986-4: £110.00Pb: 978-0-415-58987-1: £45.00eBook: 978-0-203-83949-2


Mathematics for Economics and FinanceMichael Harrison and Patrick Waldron, both at Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland

The aim of this book is to bring students of economics and finance who have only an introductory background in mathematics up to an advanced level in the subject, thus preparing them for the core mathematical demands of econometrics, economic theory, quantitative finance and mathematical economics, which they are likely to encounter in their final-year courses and beyond. The level of the book will also be useful for those embarking on the first year of their graduate studies in Business, Economics or Finance.

The book also serves as an introduction to quantitative economics and finance for mathematics students at undergraduate level and above. In recent years, mathematics graduates have been increasingly expected to have skills in practical subjects such as economics and finance, just as economics graduates have been expected to have an increasingly strong grounding in mathematics.

The authors avoid the pitfalls of many texts that become too theoretical. The use of mathematical methods in the real world is never lost sight of and quantitative analysis is brought to bear on a variety of topics including foreign exchange rates and other macro level issues.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Mathematics Introduction 1. Systems of Linear Equations and Matrices 2. Determinants 3. Elgenvalues and Elgenvectors 4. Conic Sections, Quadratic Forms and Definite Matrices 5. Vectors and Vector Spaces 6. Linear Transformations 7. Foundations for Vector Calculus 8. Difference Equations 9. Vector Calculus 10. Convexity and Optimization Part 2: Applications 11. Macroeconomic Applications 12. Single-Period Choice Under Certainty 13. Probability Theory 14. Quadratic Programming and Econometric Applications 15. Multi-Period Choice Under Certainty 16. Single-Period Choice Under Uncertainty 17. Portfolio Theory. Bibliography. Index

March 2011: 246 x 174: 384ppHb: 978-0-415-57303-0: £125.00Pb: 978-0-415-57304-7: £44.99eBook: 978-0-203-82999-8


2nd Edition

Statistics TablesFor Mathematicians, Engineers, Economists and the Behavioural Management Sciences

Henry R. Neave

For three decades, Henry Neave’s Statistics Tables has been the gold standard for all students taking an introductory statistical methods course as part of their wider degree in a host of disciplines including mathematics, economics, business and management, geography and psychology. The period has seen a large increase in the level of mathematics and statistics required to achieve

these qualifications and Statistics Tables has helped several generations of students meet their goals.

All the features of the first edition are retained including the full range of best-known standard statistical techniques, as well as some lesser-known methods that can be hard to track down elsewhere. The explanatory introductions to each section have been updated and the Second Edition benefits from the inclusion of a valuable and comprehensive new section on an approach to simple but powerful investigation of process data. This will help the book continue in its position as the prime statistical reference for all students of mathematics, engineering and the social sciences, and everyone who needs effective methods for analysing data.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Discrete Probability Distributions 2. The Normal Distrubtion 3. Continuous Probability Distributions 4. Analysis of Variance 5. Nonparametrics Tests 6. Correlation 7. Random Numbers 8. Quality Control and Improvement 9. Miscellaneous



Regression Analysis for the Social SciencesRachel A. Gordon, University of Illinois, USA

The book provides graduate students in the social sciences with the basic skills that they need to estimate, interpret, present, and publish basic regression models using contemporary standards.

Key features of the book include:

• an interweaving of the teaching of statistical concepts with examples developed for the course from publicly-available social science data or drawn from the literature.

• thorough integration of teaching statistical theory with teaching data processing and analysis.

• teaching of both SAS and Stata ’side-by-side’ and use of chapter exercises in which students practice programming and interpretation on the same data set and course exercises in which students can choose their own research questions and data set.

Selected Contents: 1. Examples of Social Science Research Using Regression Analysis 2. Planning a Quantitative Research Project with Existing Data 3. Basic Features of Statistical Packages and Data Documentation 4. Basics of Writing Batch Programs with Statistical Packages 5. Basic Concepts of Bivariate Regression 6. Basic Concepts of Multiple Regression 7. Dummy Variables 8. Interactions 9. Nonlinear Relationships 10. Indirect Effects and Omitted Variable Bias 11. Outliers, Heteroskedasticity, and Multicollinearity 12. Putting It All Together and Thinking About Where to Go Next

February 2010: 7-3/8 x 9-1/4: 632ppHb: 978-0-415-99154-4: £90.00


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

ls Quantitative FinanceEditors: Jean-Philippe Bouchaud, Science & Finance, Capital Fund Management, Paris and Michael Dempster, University of Cambridge and Cambridge Systems Associates Limited, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rquf

Applied Mathematical FinanceEditors: Ben Hambly, University of Oxford, UK and William Shaw, King’s College London, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ramf

6


intErnational Economics


Economic GeographyWilliam P. Anderson, University of Windsor, Canada

This textbook can be used in either an introductory or intermediate course in economic geography. It differs markedly from most of the economic geography textbooks available today in terms of its theoretical orientation and the level of analytical rigour in its presentation.

William P. Anderson has produced a book that is the first to reconcile traditional ’cultural’

approaches with the ’new’ economic geography, spatial economics and path dependency as applied to location theory and urban systems. It should therefore be suitable for students of all levels and abilities and is fully in tune with what is new and happening in this burgeoning field.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Fundamental Concepts 1. Introduction 2. The Friction of Distance 3. Agglomeration 4. Spatial Interaction 5. Networks 6. Resources and the Environment 7. Markets Part 2: The Multiregional Economy 8. Specialization and Trade 1 9. Specialization and Trade 2 10. Movements of Capital and Labor 11. Growth 12. Regional Policy Part 3: Location Theory 13. Location on a Plane 14. Location on Networks 15. Planning Models 16. Strategic Location 17. Lock-in and Path Dependence Part 4: Markets for Space 18. Agricultural Land Use 19. Urban Land Use 20. Land Development and Real Estate Markets Part 5: Systems of Cities 21. Genesis and Functions of Cities 22. Urban Hierarchy 23. Spatial Urban Hierarchy 24. The Evolution of Urban Systems



Global Economic Issues and PoliciesJoseph P. Daniels, Marquette University, USA and David VanHoose, Baylor University, USA

This introduction to all aspects of international economics, business and finance is the clearest guide available to the economics of the world we live in. Written in a highly engaging style, packed full of up to the minute, real world case studies and pitched at introductory level, the book does an expert job of drawing students in and will leave them equipped with a comprehensive toolkit and methods and essential facts.

This second edition features increased coverage of a number of key topics, including:

• the ongoing impact of globalization and the increasing interconnectedness of the global economy

• the changing face of international financial institutions such as the IMF, WTO and World Bank

• the increasing role of developing countries including China, India and other members of the G20 group.

The text is suitable for any introductory module in international economics and business, whether taught as part of an economics, business or international studies program. The text is also the ideal MBA level introduction to the global economy.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction to the Global Economy 1. Understanding the Global Economy 2. Comparative Advantage: How Nations Can Gain from International Trade Part 2: International Trade: Enduring Issues 3. Sources of Comparative Advantage 4. Regulating International Trade: Trade Policies and their Effects 5. Regionalism and Multilateralism Part 3: International Finance: Enduring Issues 6. Balance of Payments and Foreign Exchange Markets 7. Exchange Rate Systems: Past to Present 8. The Power of Arbitrage: Purchasing Power and Interets Rate Parities 9. Global Money and Banking: Where Central Banks Fit into the World Economy Part 4: Contemporary Global Economic Policies and Issues 10. Can Globalization Lift All Boats? 11. Industrial Structure and Trade in the Global Economy: Businesses without Borders 12. The Public Sector in the Global Economy 13. Developing Countries and the World Economy 14. Dealing with Financial Crises: Does the World Need International Financial Architecture

October 2011: 246 x 174: 528ppHb: 978-0-415-57232-3: £125.00Pb: 978-0-415-57346-7: £44.99


5th Edition

International FinanceMaurice D. Levi, University of British Columbia, Canada

The fifth edition of Maurice D. Levi’s classic textbook has been updated to incorporate the massive changes in the world of international finance of the past few years. In particular, the emergence of new markets is given broad coverage – particularly the rise to financial prominence of China and India and other growth economies in Asia and elsewhere.

2009: 246 x 189: 608ppHb: 978-0-415-77458-1: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-77459-8: £39.99eBook: 978-0-203-88171-2


International EconomicsTheo Eicher, University of Washington, USA, John H. Mutti, Grinnell College, USA and Michelle H. Turnovsky, University of Washington, USA

Thought-provoking and clearly explained, the new edition provides students of international economics and international business with a rigorous explanation of global economic theory and policy.

Split into 2 parts – International Trade and International Finance – the text explains conceptual building blocks before applying

them to current events and controversies. Key issues discussed include:

• the influence of transportation costs

• economies of scale and the new economic geography

• the evaluation of preferential trade agreements

• european Economic and Monetary Union

• the integration of international financial markets

• international financial crises

• China and other emerging economies.

Fully illustrated with tables and figures to allow students to visualise the issues discussed, the lively prose gives this book a refreshing approach. An accompanying website also provides context and coverage of the international financial crisis, including the so-called ‘credit crunch’ and the collapse of some banking institutions.

2009: 246 x 189: 784ppHb: 978-0-415-77285-3: £115.00Pb: 978-0-415-77286-0: £39.99eBook: 978-0-203-87861-3


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

ls The Journal of International Trade and Economic Development Editors: Pasquale M. Sgro, Deakin Business School, Australia and Bharat R. Hazari, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rjte

International Economic JournalManaging Editor: Jaymin Lee, Yonsei University, Korea

Co-Editor: Sunwoong Kim, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, USA

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/riej

Global Economic ReviewEditor: Kap-Young Jeong, Yonsei University, Korea

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rger

New Zealand Economic PapersEditor: Ananish Chaudhuri, University of Auckland, New Zealand

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rnzp

7



Regions and Cities

Series Edited by Ron Martin, University of Cambridge, UK, Gernot Grabher, University of Bonn, Germany and Maryann Feldman, University of Georgia, USA

In today’s new globalised, knowledge-driven and networked world, regions and cities have assumed heightened significance as the interconnected nodes of economic, social and cultural production, and as sites of new modes of economic governance and policy experimentation. This book series brings together incisive and critically engaged international and interdisciplinary research on this resurgence of regions and cities, and should be of interest to geographers, economists, sociologists, political scientists and cultural scholars, as well as to policy-makers involved in regional and urban development.

Beyond TerritoryDynamic Geographies of Innovation and Knowledge Creation

Edited by Harald Bathelt, University of Toronto, Canada, Maryann Feldman, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA and Dieter F. Kogler, University of Toronto, Canada

The main purpose of the book is to discuss new trends in the dynamic geography of innovation and argue that in an era of increasing globalization, two trends seem quite dominant: rigid territorial models of innovation, and localized configurations of innovative activities. The book brings together scholars who are working on these topics. Rather than focusing on established concepts and theories, the book aims to question narrow explanations, rigid territorializations, and simplistic policy frameworks; it provides evidence that innovation, while not exclusively dependent on regional contexts, can be influenced by place-specific attributes.

The book will bring together new empirical and conceptual work by an interdisciplinary group of leading scholars from areas such as economic geography, innovation studies, and political science. Based on recent discussions surrounding innovation systems of different types, it aims to synthesize state-of-the-art know-how and provide new perspectives on the role of innovation and knowledge creation in the global political economy.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 368ppHb: 978-0-415-49327-7: £80.00


Cities, State and GlobalizationCity-Regional Governance in Europe and North America

Tassilo Herrschel, University of Westminster, London, UK

’This integrated volume addresses the increasingly important issue of city region governance through a structured and methodical framework, drawing on genuinely comparative practice and perspective from North America and Europe.’ - Mike Danson, University of the West of Scotland, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Cities, City regions, State and Globalisation 2. Defining City Regions 3. City Regions and Globalisation 4. City Regions and the State 5. Governance of City Regions 6. Examples of City-Regional Governance under Different ‘State Cultures’ in Europe and North America 7. Summary and Conclusion: City-Regional Governance, State and Globalisation

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-48938-6: £80.00


Migration in the 21st CenturyRights, Outcomes, and Policy

Edited by Thomas N. Maloney and Kim Korinek, both at University of Utah, USA

International migration is a central theme of social science research. This book promotes cross-disciplinary discussion, examining the challenges and opportunities created by global migration at the start of the 21st century.

August 2010: 234 x 156: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-77914-2: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84512-7


Knowledge Economy and the CitySpaces of Knowledge

Ali Madanipour, University of Newcastle, UK.

This book explores the relationship between space and economy, the spatial expressions of the knowledge economy, and how these expressions contribute to the further development of the knowledge economy.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Defining Knowledge Economy 2. The Changing Nature of Knowledge 3. What is Knowledge Economy? Part 2: Knowledge Economy and Urban Space 4. Modes of Communication, Clustering of Knowledge Agents 5. Spaces of the New Economy: Intangible Assets, Tangible Places 6. Tools of Knowledge Production: Knowledge Economy and Visual Culture 7. Flexible Working Practices, Flexible Organization of Space 8. Differentiation in a Global Division of Labour 9. Differential Access to Knowledge, Segregated Spaces 10. Specialization: Knowledge Sites and Cities 11. Conclusion

August 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-55895-2: £90.00


Can Neighbourhoods Save the City?Community Development and Social Innovation

Edited by Frank Moulaert, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium, Erik Swyngedouw, University of Manchester, UK, Flavia Martinelli, Università Mediterranea di Reggio, Italy and Sara Gonzalez, University of Leeds, UK

Instead of a top-down approach, this book looks at the impact of bottom-up neighbourhood based initiatives. It analyses and documents a variety of innovative local urban strategies in European cities and their impact on wider urban socio-economic and political restructuring processes.

July 2010: 234 x 156: 264ppHb: 978-0-415-48588-3: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84913-2


Cultural Political Economy of Small CitiesEdited by Anne Lorentzen, Aalborg University, Denmark and Bas van Heur, University of Maastricht, the Netherlands

By bringing together a number of case studies as well as theoretical reflections on the cultural political economy of small cities, this volume contributes to an emerging small cities research and to the development of policy-relevant expertise that is sensitive to place-specific cultural dynamics.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58950-5: £85.00


Territorial Development, Cohesion and Spatial PlanningKnowledge and Policy Development in an Enlarged EU

Edited by Neil Adams, South Bank University, London, Giancarlo Cotella, Politecnico di Torino, Italy and Richard Nunes, Oxford Brookes University, UK

This book examines some of the evolving challenges faced by EU regional policy in light of enlargement and assesses some of the approaches and trends in terms of territorial development policy and practice that are emerging out of this process.



8



Currencies and Currency Policies in the Global EconomyKurt Hübner, University of British Columbia, Canada

Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking

This book explains the volatility of the global foreign exchange markets by the interplay of political strategies and actions of market makers, looking at currency strategies put in place by the US, the Euro zone, Japan, China, and also Canada.

Selected Contents: Foreword. Introduction 1. Exchange Rate Regimes and Exchange Rate Episodes: The Historical Dimension 2. The Failure of Standard Exchange Rate Economics 3. Foreign Exchange Markets as ‘Socially Embedded Markets: An Alternative Approach 4. Global Imbalances, Power Shifts, and Strong Dollar Politics of the US: The Era of Currency Competition 5. Case Studies: Currency Strategies Compared 6. Currency Cooperation Past and Present: Proposals and Interpretations 7. Outlook

June 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-48265-3: £80.00


Institutional Economics and National CompetitivenessEdited by Young Back Choi, St. John’s University, USA

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

This book goes beyond the question of ’why institutions matter’ and examines the ways in which different types of institutions are conducive to the enhancement of competitiveness and economic development.

Selected Contents: Foreword James M. Buchanan. Foreword Oliver Williamson. Introduction Young Back Choi Part 1 1. Democracy and Prosperity Randall Holcombe 2. Rent-Extraction, Liberal Reform, and Economic Development: Liberal Institutions as ’Permanent’ Sources of Competitive Advantage Roger Congleton 3. Competition among Governments: The State’s Two Roles in a Globalized World Viktor Vanberg 4. Institutions for Economic Prosperity Young Back Choi 5. Science, Scientific Institutions, and Economic Progress Yong Joon Yoon Part 2 6. University and Industry Linkages: The Case of Korea Joon Mo Yang 7. How Koreans Deal With Foreign Exchange Rate Risk: A Behavioral Law and Economics Perspective on the KIKO Forward Contract Hak Soo Ko and William Moon 8. Institutions and Industrial Policy: The Case of Heavy-Chemical Industries in Korea 1973-79 Sung Sup Rhee 9. The New Institutional Economy and the New Traditional Economy in Korea: Does the Confucian Tradition Give It a Competitive Edge? Barkely Rosser, jr. and Marina V. Rosser 10. The Effect of Fiscal Drag on Tax Revenue and Tax Burden SK Lee 11. Alternative Visions of Incomplete Property Rights Miah Dulal and Yasushi Suzuki Part 3 12. Myth about Korea’s Rapid Growth Jung Ho Yoo 13. Economic Development and New Institutional Economics Seung Hee Jwa and Yong Yoon

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60026-2: £85.00


The Economics of UN PeacekeepingNadège Sheehan, Rutgers University, New Jersey, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics

This book offers a comprehensive analysis of the economics of peacekeeping, considering expenditures, gains obtained through participation in missions and alternative cost-effective choices for producing and financing UN peacekeeping operations.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Politico-Economic Organization of Peacekeeping Operations 1. Theoretical Basis of UN Peacekeeping Operations 2. History of UN Peacekeeping Operations 3. From First-Generation to Second-Generation Operations, or the Development of UN Peacekeeping Operations Part 2: Financing of UN Peacekeeping Operations 4. Financing Peacekeeping Operations: A Peacekeeping Assessment Scale that Shows Inequity 5. UN Peacekeeping Expenditures and Total Costs Part 3: Peacekeeping Operations: A Rehabilitation of Political Economy 6. The Debates around UN Peacekeeping Operations 7. UN Peacekeeping, an Important Tool for the World Politico-Economic Organization Part 4: What Production and Financing System Alternatives? 8. The Need for Better Economic Choices for Producing Peacekeeping Operations 9. Towards an Analysis of More Effective Financing Solutions Summary and Conclusion

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-56746-6: £90.00


The Global Economic CrisisNew Perspectives on the Critique of Economic Theory and Policy

Edited by Emiliano Brancaccio, University of Sannio, Italy and Giuseppe Fontana, University of Leeds, UK


This book constitutes a collection of new work proposing reinterpretations of the primary schools of heterodox economics, stringent critiques of the mainstream readings of the recession and alternative economic policies to those hitherto adopted.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Emiliano Brancaccio 2. The Process of Substituting Loans for Wages and its Long-Term Unsustainability Aldo Barba and Massimo Pivetti 3. Tracking the U.S. Economy with a ’New Cambridge’ Model Gennaro Zezza 4. The Great Recession and the Third Crisis of Economic Theory Riccardo Bellofiore and Joseph Halevi 5. A Critique of Interpretations of the Crisis based on the “Taylor Rule” Emiliano Brancaccio and Giuseppe Fontana 6. A Search for Warnings about the Crisis in Journals with the Highest Impact Factors Andrea Imperia and Vincenzo Maffeo 7. The Great Crisis and Intercapitalist Conflict Ernesto Screpanti 8. The Tendential Decrease in the Rate of Profit. Back to the Future? Stefano Perri 9. Labour Market Deregulation and the Global Crisis: An MTP Approach Guglielmo Forges Davanzati and Riccardo Realfonzo 10. Economic Theories and Financial Crisis: A Postkeynesian Standpoint Carlo Panico 11. Changes in the “Functional” Distribution of Income in Europe Antonella Stirati 12. Privatisation and Crisis: Profits and Rents in the Case of Privatised Utilities Bruno Bosco 13. Key Currencies, the Global Crisis and the Way Out: A Circuit Approach Lilia Costabile 14. Property Rights in the Knowledge Economy: An Explanation of the Crisis Ugo Pagano and Maria Alessandra Rossi 15. Poor Countries, Washington Consensus and Crisis Andrea F. Presbitero and Alberto Zazzaro 16. Income Distribution from a Classical-Keynesian Point of View Enrico Bellino

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58661-0: £85.00


Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy

Global Politico-Economic CrisesThe Pragmatic Approach

Keiichiro Komatsu, Komatsu Research & Advisory, UK

The 1997 Asian Crisis and 9/11 were turning points for the world economy. The two events reminded the Western World of the dynamic impacts of globalisation and the increased uncertainty the world was facing.

This book examines the threats to the world economy arising in the wake of the tragedy of 11th September 2001 and the preceding Asian financial crisis of 1997. The author makes the point that a distinctive “1990s-type” global capitalist system was the victim of these attacks, so that an appreciation of the peculiarities of this system is essential to an examination of the specific threats that it is likely to face in future and the policy measures necessary to deal with them.

As an international relations specialist working for a Japanese trade organization both in Britain and Japan itself, the author has a somewhat uniquely privileged vantage point from which to observe, analyze and evaluate the future tendencies and dangers of the new global system. The book cuts across economics and politics and as such will be of use to a wide audience within both of these disciplines.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-47766-6: £70.00


Time Zones, Communications Networks, and International TradeToru Kikuchi, Kobe University, Japan

In the existing literature on trade theory, relatively few attempts have been made to address the theme of communications networks and the role of time zones. The book illustrates, with simple models of international trade, how the introduction of communications networks and the utilization of time zone differences can affect both the structure of international trade and world welfare. Other technological aspects of recent international trade (e.g., competition between international standards, the impact of switching costs on imported products’ introduction) are also examined.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59312-0: £95.00


9



Multilateralism and Regionalism in Global Economic GovernanceTrade, Investment and Finance

Edited by Junji Nakagawa, University of Tokyo, Japan

The book tackles what challenges we are facing in governing the global economy, notably on how to coordinate multilateralism and regionalism in global economic governance. It addresses better governance of trade, investment and finance in Asia. Its focus in Asia is justified in light of the increasing role of the region in the global economy, and its uniqueness in development strategy, notably that of East Asia.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Junji Nakagawa Part 1: Governance of Global Trade 2. Dynamic Process of Transnational Dispute Settlement as an Autopoietic System?: Implications of North American Experiences to East Asia Tomohiko Kobayashi 3. Open Accession Provisions in RTAs: A Bridge between Regionalism and Multilateralism? Meredith Kolsky Lewis Part 2: Governance of Global Investment 4. APEC’s Role in Rationalizing International Investment Obligations J. Anthony VanDuzer 5. China’s Approaches to International Investment Law: The Interface between BITs and RTAs Liu Chunbao 6. Vertical Allocation of Competences for Investment Treaties in the European Union Markus Burgstaller 7. Investment Treaties and Public Goods Daniel Kalderimis Part 3: Governance of Global Finance 8. How to Avoid Anticompetitive Effects of State Interventions in Times of Financial Crisis Rolf H. Weber 9. The Asian Monetary Fund: An Opportunity to be Seized Ross P. Buckley 10. Institutional Approach to the Needs and Possibilities of Financial Cooperation System in East Asia Seung Pil Choi 11. Redesigning the Architecture of the Global Financial System: Implications for Asia Douglas W. Arner Part 4: Wrapping-Up 12. Multilateralism and Regionalism in Global Economic Governance: An Asian Perspective Masahiro Kawai

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59569-8: £95.00


Political Economy of the GulfJohn Willoughby, American University, Washington DC, USA

This title presents the Arabian Gulf region as comprising vibrant, evolving societies experiencing enormous change. Common resources and unique cultural heritages warrant treatment of the Arabian Peninsula as a distinct historical region.

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-70070-2: £70.00eBook: 978-0-203-02083-8


The Global Economics of SportChris Gratton, Sheffield Hallam University, UK, Dongfeng Liu, Shanghai University of Sport, China, Girish Ramchandani, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Darryl Wilson, Sheffield Hallam University, UK

Sport has become a truly global business. There is no corner of the Earth that isn’t reached by coverage of global sporting mega-events such as the Olympics or the World Cup, events managed by international governing bodies such as the IOC and FIFA that operate like major international businesses. Companies such as Nike now design, produce, distribute and market their products across every continent, while an increasingly important part of every country’s sport market is now international in terms of its influences and opportunities.

This book is the first to examine the economics of contemporary sport using the global market as the primary unit of analysis. Starting with a survey of the changing nature of the sports market over the last hundred years, the book explores the difficulties of measuring the true scale and impact of the global sports economy, employing a wealth of empirical data to define and analyse the sports market and all its sub-sectors. Drawing on case studies from the UK, North America, Europe, the Far East and beyond, the book concludes with a look forward over the next twenty years, offering a powerful forecast for the evolution of the global sports market. This book is essential reading for any student or professional with an interest in the economics of sport.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 264ppHb: 978-0-415-58618-4: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-58619-1: £24.99


International Economic Relations since 1945Catherine Schenk, University of Glasgow, UK

Series: The Making of the Contemporary World

The international economy since 1945 has endured dramatic changes in its balance of power, from the early period of prosperity for industrialised nations, to the 2008/9 global crisis. In this volume Catherine Schenk outlines these huge changes, examines how the world’s economic leaders have tried to organise and influence the international economy and presents the key frameworks in which international economic relations have developed.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview 2. Rebuilding the International Economic System 1945-50 3. Years of Growth 1950-70 4. Years of Crisis, 1970-1985 5. The Start of Second Globalization 6. The Acceleration of Globalization and Renewed Crisis 7. Lessons not Learned: The 2000s 8. Conclusions. Further Reading. Index

February 2011: 216 x 138: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-57076-3: £65.00Pb: 978-0-415-57078-7: £16.99


A Political and Economic Dictionary of the USAEdited by George Kurian

A Political and Economic Dictionary of the USA is a Compendium of the terms and ideas that define the political, economic and social state of the USA.

A Political and Economic Dictionary of the USA is a Compendium of the terms and ideas that define the political, economic and social state of the USA. The status of the USA as a superpower is based on its political and governmental system and its free-market economy. These have been undergoing seminal changes. American hegemony is being eroded by forces from within and without. The very language of politics and economics and the very sources of American identity are being recast. Solidarities based on gender, race, ethnicity, religion and sexual identity, and animated by concerns such as environment and immigration challenge the old understanding of US politics and economy defined by traditional left/right dichotomies. This Dictionary aims to present a portrait of the new emerging USA in the early 21st century.

May 2011: 234 x 156: 450ppHb: 978-1-85743-543-6: £190.00


The Interaction between WTO Law and External International LawThe Constrained Openness of WTO Law

Ronnie R.F. Yearwood, University of Durham, UK

Series: Routledge Research in International Economic Law

International legal scholarship is concerned with the fragmentation of international law into specialised systems such as trade, environment and human rights. Fragmentation raises questions about the inter-systemic interaction between the various specialised systems of international law. In the discourse on WTO law, three propositions – openness’, ’closure’ and ’privileged’ – have been put forward to explain the interaction between WTO law and external law.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Scope and Importance of the Study: Fragmentation and WTO Law 3. The Debate on How WTO Law Interacts with External Law 4. The Methodological Framework: The Rule of Recognition to Determine What Counts as WTO Law 5. The Conceptual Framework: The Constrained Openness of WTO Law 6. The Precautionary Principle and the WTO Agreement on Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures 7. External Law in the Practice of WTO Law 8. Conclusion

December 2010: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-56516-5: £75.00


Full Table of ContentsFor full table of contents on all titles

featured in this catalog, visit:


10



Recognition and Regulation of Safeguard Measures Under GATT/WTOSheela Rai, Hidayatullah National Law University, India


This book discusses the law of safeguard measures as laid down in the WTO agreements and cases decided by the Panel and the Appellate Body. The book sets out a comprehensive treatment of safeguard measures covering the history and evolution of the law, as well as the procedural requirements and the application of safeguard measures. In addition to measures under Article XIX and the Safeguards Agreement, the book includes coverage of safeguard measures for agricultural products, Special Safeguard Measures for developing countries, safeguard measures for textiles and proposed safeguard measures under General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) as well as special safeguard clauses against China.

The book considers safeguards from a developing countries perspective drawing on Joseph E. Stiglitz’s argument that developing countries require these trade remedy measures to protect their domestic industries and ensure their development. Sheela Rai considers this view and goes on to examine how beneficial the provisions relating to safeguard measures and their interpretation given by the Panel and Appellate Body have been for developing countries.

May 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61959-2: £75.00


A Dictionary of International Trade Organizations and AgreementsPatrick Holden, University of Plymouth, UK

Continuing globalization has meant the increased development and importance of regional and international trade organizations and trade agreements. This Dictionary provides a background to the historical development of such systems, as well as giving a global overview of the current situation.

The introduction, as well as explaining the historical background, discusses the major political and economic ideas and controversies, and analyses the current dynamic between international and regional trade organizations.

Impartial analysis and up-to-date information is given in a concise way, detailing:

• major international, regional and bilateral trade agreements and organizations

• other national and international organizations involved in trade

• core concepts/theories in relation to international economics/development and international co-operation

• major trade negotiations and disputes

• other topics of importance, such as globalization.

Entries are listed alphabetically, and fully cross-referenced for ease of use.

Entries include: Africa Trade Network, Bretton Woods, China-ASEAN Free Trade Area, Dumping, Globalization, Mercosur, Pan-Arab Free Trade Area, Treaty of Nice, World Bank, WTO Secretariat and WWF

May 2011: 234 x 156: 350ppHb: 978-1-85743-329-6: £150.00


The Global Financial CrisisEdited by Mark P. Taylor, University of Warwick, UK and Richard Clarida, Columbia University, USA

The global financial crisis has sent shockwaves through the world’s economies, and its effects have been deep and wide-reaching. This book brings together a range of applied studies, covering a range of international and regional experience in the area of finance in the context of the global downturn.

The volume includes an exploration of the impact of the crisis on capital markets, and how corporate stakeholders need to be more aware of the decision-making processes followed by corporate executives, as well as an analysis of the policy changes instituted by the Fed and their effects. Other issues covered include research into the approach of solvent banks to toxic assets, the determinants of US interest rate swap spreads during the crisis, a new approach for estimating Value-at-Risk, how distress and lack of active trading can result in systemic panic attacks, and the dynamic interactions between real house prices, consumption expenditure and output. Highlighting the global reach of the crisis, there is also coverage of recent changes in the cross-currency correlation structure, the costs attached to global banking financial integration, the interrelationships among global stock markets, inter-temporal interactions between stock return differential relative to the US and real exchange rate in the two most recent financial crises, and research into the recent slowdown in workers’ remittances.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Global Financial Crisis: Introduction and Overview M. P. Taylor 2. What were They Thinking? Reports from Interviews with Senior Finance Executives in the Lead-Up to the GFC L. Coleman and S. Pinder 3. How Did the Fed Do? An Empirical Assessment of the Fed’s New Initiatives in the Financial Crisis A. Mamun, M. K. Hassan and M. Johnson 4. The Put Problem with Buying Toxic Assets L. Wilson 5. Global Financial Crisis and US Interest Rate Swap Spreads T. Ito 6. Were there Warning Signals from Banking Sectors for the 2008/2009 Global Financial Crisis? J. L. Simpson 7. Extreme Value Modelling for Forecasting Market Crisis Impacts X. Zhao, C. Scarrott, L. Oxley and M. Reale 8. The Correlation Structure of FX Option Markets Before and Since the Financial Crisis G. Chalamandaris and A. E. Tsekrekos 9. Global Capital Market Interdependence and Spillover Effect of Credit Risk: Evidence from the 2007–2009 Global financial crisis W. Cheung, S. Fung and S.-C. Tsai 10. A simple model of trading and Pricing Risky Assets Under Ambiguity: Any Lessons for Policymakers? M. Guidolin and F. Rinaldi 11. Comparing the Performance of Relative Stock Return Differential and Real Exchange Rate in Two Financial Crises D. K. T. Wong and K.-W. Li 12. Permanent and Transitory Dynamics in House Prices and Consumption: Some Implications for the Real Effects of the Financial Crisis F. C. Bagliano and C. Morana 13. Another Consequence of the Economic Crisis: A Decrease in Migrants’ Remittances I. Ruiz and C. Vargas-Silva

October 2010: 276 x 219: 200ppHb: 978-0-415-58914-7: £80.00


Economic Developments in Contemporary RussiaIan Jeffries, Swansea University, UK

Series: Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia

This book provides a comprehensive overview of economic developments in Russia since the late 1990s. Key subjects covered include economic transition, privatization and liberalization, changes in land ownership and agriculture, energy, foreign direct investment, economic stabilization, and economic performance.

Selected Contents: Introduction and Summary 1. Economic Transition 2. Liberalization 3. Privatization in the Non-Agricultural Sectors 4. Agriculture 5. Direct Foreign Investment 6. Macroeconomic Stabilization: Hyperinflation 7. Dmitri Medvedev: Thoughts on the Economy 8. Economic Performance

December 2010: 234 x 156: 464ppHb: 978-0-415-60344-7: £125.00eBook: 978-0-203-83462-6


Economic Elites and Russian-Ukraine RelationsRosaria Puglisi, European Commission Delegation to Ukraine, Moldova and Belarus

Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies

This book discusses how in the course of the 1990s in both Russia and Ukraine political power came to be exercised by economic elites who pursued a policy of pragmatism in international relations.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Theoretical Frameworks 2. Social Identities and Foreign Policy 3. The International Setting 4. The Russian Economic Elite 5. The Ukrainian Economic Elite

June 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-32620-9: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-39061-0





eBooks


AlsoAvAilAble

International Economics eBooksTaylor & Francis International Economics eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

11



The Future of Global CurrencyThe Euro Versus the Dollar

Benjamin J. Cohen, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

Can the euro challenge the supremacy of the U.S. dollar as a global currency? From the time Europe’s joint money was born, many have predicted that it would soon achieve parity with the dollar or possibly even surpass it. In reality, however, the euro has remained firmly planted in the dollar’s shadow. The essays collected in this volume explain why. Because of America’s external deficits and looming foreign debt, the dollar can never be as dominant as it once was. But Europe’s money is unable to mount an effective challenge. The euro suffers from a number of critical structural deficiencies, including an anti-growth bias that is built into the institutions of the monetary union and an ambiguous governance structure that sows doubts among prospective users. As recent events have demonstrated, members of the euro zone remain vulnerable to financial crisis. Moreover, lacking a single voice, the bloc continues to punch below its weight in monetary diplomacy. The world seems headed toward a leaderless monetary order, with several currencies in contention but none clearly dominant.

This collection distils the views of one of the world’s leading scholars in global currency, and will be of considerable interest to students and scholars of international finance and international political economy.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Global Currency System 1. Life at the Top: International Currencies in the Twenty-First Century 2. The Euro and Transatlantic Relations Part 2: The Euro Challenge 3. EMU and the Dollar: Who Threatens Whom? 4. Global Currency Rivalry: Can The Euro Ever Challenge the Dollar? 5. Enlargement and the International Role of the Euro 6. The Euro in a Global Context: Challenges and Capacities 7. Dollar Dominance, Euro Aspirations: Recipe for Discord? Part 3: Glimpses of the Future 8. A One-and-a-Half Currency System 9. Toward a Leaderless Currency System 10. The International Monetary System: Diffusion and Ambiguity



Governing the Global EconomyPolitics, Institutions and Development

Edited by Dag Harald Claes and Carl Henrik Knutsen, both at University of Oslo, Norway

Series: Warwick Studies in Globalisation

Overview of the study of international political economy analysing key questions in the discipline.

May 2011: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-66535-3: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-66536-0: £25.99


Economic Power and Economic Strategy in RussiaEdited by Peeter Vahtra, Turku School of Economics, Finland

Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series

In recent years the power relationship between business and the state in Russia has moved strongly in favour of the state, with the state increasingly involved in Russia’s leading business sectors and with increasing state ownership in key industries. This book surveys these important changes and assesses their significance.

Selected Contents: Introduction Peeter Vahtra and Kari Liuhto. Russia’s Current State Ownership Policies Pegor Gaidar (former Russian Prime Minister) 1. Means and Objectives of Russian Policy-Making about Strategic Assets Philip Hanson 2. Recent Takeover of Assets by Gazprom in the Russian Natural Gas Sector Andreas Heinrich 3. Globalisation of the Russian Companies – Implications of Increasing State Control over the Economy Markku Kivinen 4. TBC David Lane 5. Strengthening Strategic Government Policies in Russia Kari Liuhto 5. Political Economy of Expanding State Ownership in Russia William Tompson 6. Redefining the Role of the State in the Russian Economy – Implications on Corporate Governance and Foreign Investor Behaviour Peeter Vahtra 7. State Support to Russia’s Industrial Enterprises Andrei Yakovlev. Conclusions

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-45312-7: £80.00


Economic Assistance and Conflict TransformationPeacebuilding in Northern Ireland

Sean Byrne, University of Manitoba, Canada

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution

This book examines the role of economic aid in the management and resolution of protracted ethnic conflicts, focusing on the case study of Northern Ireland.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Economic Assistance: Building the Peace in Northern Ireland 2. Economic Inequality, Civil Rights, and Working-Class Politics in Northern Ireland 3. International Economic Assistance and the Economy of Northern Ireland 4. The Role of the International Fund for Ireland and the European Union Peace II Fund in Promoting Peace and Reducing Violence in Northern Ireland 5. Images of Bureaucratic Challenges 6. Images of Peacebuilding and Reconciliation 7. Images of Economic Development and Community Capacity Building 8. Conclusions: Economic Assistance and the Northern Ireland Conflict



The Bank for International SettlementsThe Politics of Global Financial Supervision in the Age of High Finance

Kevin V. Ozgercin, SUNY College at Old Westbury, USA

Series: Global Institutions

Despite playing a pivotal role in the liberalization and globalization of finance since the late 1950s, and being the principal center for bank supervision, the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) is perhaps the most obscure and under-researched of the major global financial institutions.

This book offers readers the only available definitive guide to understanding the BIS’s identity and institutional make-up, as well as its role in the global financial system. It examines the internal governance and policy outputs of the BIS and provides a critical analysis of its evolution as the principal international center for central bank cooperation and the establishment international rules and standards for supervising internationally active banks. The BIS is often depicted as playing a supportive role to the IMF, G-8, World Bank, OECD, and regional development banks in the management of global finance.

Ozgercin illuminates the role of the BIS in the existing architecture of global financial institutions, thus highlighting significant institutional differences. The proposed book will illustrate that compared to the other major global financial institutions, which are linked directly to governments through their treasuries, the BIS constitutes a uniquely independent, market-led approach to global financial governance, emphasizing the self-regulation of market institutions.

A comprehensive yet concise and accessible introduction to the BIS, it will be of interest to students from a wide range of disciplines including Politics and International Studies, History, Sociology, Economics, and Finance.

June 2011: 216 x 138: 196ppHb: 978-0-415-77929-6: £70.00


The Political Economy of PeacemakingAchim Wennmann, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva, Switzerland

Series: Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding

This book focuses on the economic dimensions of peace processes and examines the opportunities and constraints for assisting negotiated exits out of conflict.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Charting the Political Economy of Peacemaking 1. The Political Economy of Conflict and the Engagement Process 2. Economic Issues in Peace Negotiations 3. Economic Instruments and Mediation 4. Natural Resources, Income Sharing, and War-to-Peace Transitions 5. Development Agencies and Business as Partners in Peacemaking 6. The Spoiler Challenge and Forward-Looking Peacemaking. Conclusion



12


asian Economics

asian Economics

The Evolving Structure of the East Asian Economic System since 1700A Comparative Analysis

Edited by A.J.H. Latham, University of Wales, Swansea, UK and Heita Kawakatsu

Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History

Bringing together leading scholars from both the east and west, this book offers fascinating insights into the cotton trade, the rice, wheat and shipping industries and the development of trade and finance in East Asia.

Selected Contents: Introduction A. J. H Latham and Heita Kawakatsu Part 1 1. International Competition in Cotton Goods in the Late Nineteenth Century: Britain versus India and East Asia Heita Kawakatsu 2. The International Trade in Rice and Wheat since 1868: A Study in Market Integration A.J.H. Latham Part 2 3. China: A Microcosm of the World Market for Cotton Manufactures, 1868-1935 D.A. Farnie and Heita Kawakatsu 4. ’Rice moves to areas where incomes are rising’: A Re-Interpretation of Asian Economic Development since 1800 A.J.H. Latham 5. Changes in Landlord Economy in the Early Quing Period of China,1644-1840 Shi Zhihong 6. Evolution of the Economic System in China 1796-1978 Mi Ru-Cheng 7. Financial Structure of the East Asian Economic System with Special Reference to Hong Kong and Singapore Takeshi Hamashita 8. Foreign Trade and Economic Growth in Late Colonial Indonesia, 1900-1940 J. Thomas Lindblad 9. On the Margins of Asia: The Philippines since 1500 Norman G. Owen 10. Quasi-Vertical Integration, Monopoly, and Japanese Competition in Singapore’s pre-World War II Export and Shipping Trades W.G. Huff 11. Assessing Economic Growth and Standards of Living in Asia, 1870-1990 Pierre Van Der Eng

February 2011: 234 x 156: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-60032-3: £85.00


Corporate Political Strategies of Private Chinese FirmsHao Ma, Peking University, China, Shu Lin, CEIBS, China and Neng Liang, CEIBS, China

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

Corporate political strategy (CPS) is often devised by business firms to influence government policy toward directions favorable to the business. The book differentiates between the individuals (entrepreneurs vs. officials) and the institutions (firms vs. government) so as to better understand exactly who are the actual parties engaged in the exchange and how the exchange is conducted. The book would be of considerable interest to those interested in the Chinese corporate world.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Corporate Political Strategy (CPS): An Overview 1. Research on CPS: Perspectives and Frameworks 2. What Motivate the Government in CPS? 4. Modes of Interaction: Exchange vs Involvement 5. CPS in China: A Typology 6. Summary and Conclusions

September 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61479-5: £100.00


4 Volume Set

Economic Reform in Modern ChinaEdited by Wei Zhang, University of Cambridge, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Economics

It is more than three decades since China initiated its economic reform and in that time, China has successfully transformed itself from an inefficient centrally-planned economy to a fast-growing market economy. To the rest of the world, China has emerged from the condition of a poor and completely isolated nation to become the most powerful engine of global economic growth. China’s dynamic economic transition and development, especially its performance in the current world financial crisis, have attracted considerable worldwide interest.

Selected Contents: Volume I: Macroeconomic Reform and Growth Part 1: Chinese Economy Before the Reform Part 2: Strategy of Economic Reform Part 3: Economic Growth Part 4: Monetary and Fiscal Systems and Policies Volume II: Microeconomic Reform Part 5: Rural Reform Part 6: Transformation of State-Owned Enterprises Part 7: Process of Marketization Part 8: Reform of the Financial Sector Volume III: External Economic Relations Part 9: External Trade Part 10: Foreign Direct Investment in China Part 11: Exchange Rate Policy Part 12: China’s Outward Investment Volume IV: Political Economy Part 13: Political Economy of Reform Part 14: Economic Growth and Society Part 15: Income Distribution across Regions and Social Groups Part 16: Social Security

April 2011: 234 x 156: 1600ppHb: 978-0-415-56068-9: £650.00


China-India EconomicsA Tale of Two ’C’s

Palit Amitendu

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

A review of the existing literature on the China-India comparative theme conveys the distinct impression that the literature largely projects China and India as intrinsically competitive entities. While much has been written on where and why China and India are contesting, particularly from a political sense, precise little attention has been devoted to mutual collaboration, whether existing or potential.

This book explores Sino-Indian ties from a comparative economic perspective and argues that it is erroneous to visualize the ties either from exclusively competitive or collaborative perspectives. The future relationship between the two countries is expected to be characterized simultaneously by two ‘C’s: Competition and Collaboration. Arguing further that economics will dominate the fundamentals of future bilateral engagement, the book contends that benefits from collaboration are significant and encourages both countries to explore and expand the scope of such collaboration. At the same time, given their size and aspirations, competition in the economic sphere is only natural and should be accepted upfront in all discussions on the comparative perspective. The book’s refereshing angle makes it a must-read for those interested in Sino-Indian relationship.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59831-6: £85.00



Globalization, Outsourcing and Labour Development in ASEANShandre Thangavelu, National University of Singapore and Aekapol Chongvilaivan, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore

This new book fills an important gap in the literature looking at the impact outsourcing has on labour markets, its subtle effects on regional economies and policy implications in ASEAN countries with empirical evidence.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Fragmentation and Outsourcing in ASEAN 3. Impacts of Outsourcing on Labor Markets 4. Outsourcing and Labor Productivity in Thailand 5. Outsourcing and Labour Productivity in Singapore 6. Outsourcing and Skill Upgrading in Singapore and Thailand 7. Outsourcing and Human Capital in Thailand 8. Materials and Services Outsourcing 9. Policy Implications on Outsourcing, Labor Development and Economic Growth

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-56745-9: £90.00


The Impact of China on Global Commodity PricesThe Global Reshaping of the Resource Sector

Masuma Farooki and Raphael Kaplinsky, Open University, UK

This book looks at the impact of China on global prices and though this on other low income economies, considering both the possibility of a sustained rise in commodity prices as well as the growing financialisation of global commodity markets.

February 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59789-0: £85.00


Income Inequality and Economic Growth in China, India and SingaporeTrends and Policy Implications

Pundarik Mukhopadhaya, Macquarie University, Australia, and G. Shantakumar and Bhanoji Rao, both at National University of Singapore

The book backed by considerable expertise on the part of the researchers, with demonstrated expertise in their publications spawning a few decades, examines the historical patterns of growth and income inequality in three nations, China, India and Singapore. The book looks into the developmental and policy implications of the trends.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61646-1: £95.00


13


asian Economics

The Korean Labour Market after the 1997 Economic CrisisEdited by Joonmo Cho, Sungkyunkwan University, Korea, Richard B. Freeman, Harvard University, USA, Jaeho Keum, Korea Labor Institute, Korea and Sunwoong Kim, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, USA

This new book looks at the issues that have faced the Korean labour market since the financial crisis, tracing the rise in inequality between workers and the effect of expansion in higher education, increased longevity and the low fertility.

February 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59209-3: £85.00


Diversity and Transformations of Asian CapitalismsA De Facto Regional Integration

Edited by Robert Boyer, National Centre for Scientific Research, France and Hiroyasu Uemura, Center for International Trade Studies, Japan

July 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60440-6: £95.00


The Dynamics of Asian Financial IntegrationFacts and Analytics

Edited by Michael Devereux, University of British Columbia, Canada, Philip R. Lane, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland, Cyn-young Park, Asian Development Bank and Shang-Jin Wei, Columbia University, USA

The book assesses financial integration in emerging East Asia at both regional and global levels. The publication studies the factors driving the progress of regional financial integration in relation to financial globalization and identifies the relevant policy challenges facing emerging market economies in the region.



Foreign Direct Investments in AsiaEdited by Chalongphob Sussangkarn, andYung Chul Park and Sung Jin Kang, both at Korea University, Korea

Foreign direct investment is one of the most important tools to attract capital for investment. Investment is a main channel for economic growth which is a dream of developing countries. Covering 9 East Asian countries which include developing and developed countries, this book compares respective FDI promotion policies and takes econometric tests of the FDI impact on economic performance, productivity and employment.

Selected Contents: 1. Overview Chalongphob Sussangkarn, Yung Chul Park and Sung Jin Kang 2. The Development of Foreign Direct Investment and Its Impact on Firm’s Productivity, Employment and Exports in Indonesia C.M. Firdausy and S.D. Negara 3. Foreign Direct Investment and Spillovers in Malaysia Tham Siew Yean, Liew Chei Siang and Marziah Mokhtar 4. Linkages and Spillovers in Philippines Manufacturing R.M. Aldaba and F.T. Aldaba 5. Inward and Outward FDI and the Restructuring of the Singapore Economy Chia Siow Yue 6. The Impact of Foreign Direct Investment on Productivity, Employment and Export Performance of Thai Firms C. Anuchitworawong 7. A Study on FDI’s Role in China’s Economic Growth and Development since China’s Reform and Opening-up Jianping Zhang, Dawei Li, Zijia Chen, Xiaoyi Li, Dan Wang and Yan Li 8. Inward and Outward FDI of Japan Y. Todo 9. The Linkage Impact of Foreign Direct Investment on Labor Productivity in Korea S.J. Kang and H.S. Lee 10. A Study of FDI in Vietnam Tuan Bui, Huong Lan Pham and Ha Thi Tran



Miraculous Growth and Stagnation in Postwar JapanEdited by Ken Togo, Musashi University, Japan, Koichi Hamada, Yale University, USA, Keijiro Otsuka, Foundation for Advanced Studies on International Development, Japan and Gustav Ranis, Yale University, USA

Sixty-five years have passed since the end of World War II. It is timely to reflect upon this short but curious Japanese economic history, beginning with the extreme hunger and poverty in the late 1940s, followed by quick recovery and “miraculous” growth since the late 1950s, to the first oil shock in 1972, slow growth in the reset of the 1970s and 1980s, and finally almost complete stagnation over the last two decades. This book attempts to make sense of Japan’s economic history for these past sixty-five years.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61518-1: £95.00


The Middle Income TrapKenichi Ohno, National Graduate Institute for Policy Studies, Tokyo, Japan

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

Not all developing countries are alike. Some rise rapidly to join the rank of advanced nations while others are stuck with poverty. This book argues that growth based on natural resources or geographical advantages will sooner or later hit the wall.

December 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59570-4: £95.00


Foreign Investment and Dispute Resolution Law and Practice in AsiaEdited by Vivienne Bath and Luke Nottage, both at University of Sydney, Australia


This book critically assesses patterns and issues in both the substantive law and policy environment impacting on foreign investment flows in major Asian economies, and dispute resolution law and practice related to those flows. The book offers a detailed comparative study attentive to socio-economic context and competing theories of the role of law in Asia. Contributions come from academics with extensive country-specific expertise, and often considerable practical experience. The chapters analyse the law and practice of investment treaties and FDI regimes in Asia looking specifically at developments in Japan, India, Bangladesh, China, Indonesia and Malaysia, Korea and Vietnam. The book considers the impact of the Asian Financial Crisis in the late 1990s and the Global Financial Crisis a decade later, examining the shifts in FDI and capital flows in Asia that have resulted from these crises.

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61074-2: £75.00


Taiwan’s DemocracyEconomic and Political Challenges

Edited by Robert Ash, School of Oriental and African Studies, UK, John W. Garver, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA and Penelope Prime, Mercer University, USA

Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series

This book analyses the political and economic challenges Taiwan has faced since since its democratic revolution began with the lifting of martial law in 1987. Taiwan’s Democracy will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Taiwan studies, Chinese politics and economics, international politics and economics, and development studies.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60457-4: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-60458-1: £25.99


14


asian Economics

Textbook

India’s EconomyAn Introduction

R. Nagaraj, Indira Gandhi Institute for Development Research, Mumbai, India

Written by an experienced teacher and scholar, this comprehensive text book provides an analytical overview of the main trends, policies, performance, advances, and debates around India’s post independence economy. Each chapter provides a thorough examination of a key issue that has impacted the evolution of the Indian economy and discusses policies adopted to tackle these problems. Themes discussed include:

• macroeconomic policy

• industrialisation and trade

• foreign aid and investment

• social development

• fiscal policy and poverty.

Providing students with a theoretical framework to understand and interpret complex developmental issues, India’s Economy is an important resource for courses on Indian economics, South Asia, development economics and development studies.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Long Run Growth and Its Distribution 3. Saving, Investment and Financing of Growth 4. Planning, Public Sector and Macroeconomic Policy 5. Industrialisation and Trade 6. Foreign Aid and Foreign Investment and Technology 7. Agriculture and Rural Economy 8. Poverty, Unemployment and Labour Market 9. Social Development 10. BOP, Monetary Policy and Financial Sector 11. Fiscal Policy 12. Economic Reforms 13. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-60406-2: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-60407-9: £24.99


Textbook

The Political Economy of Central AsiaGul Berna Ozcan, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, the Central Asian republics are still coming to terms with their post-communist economies, their role in the region and the wider world, and their needs for identity, governance and growth. The Political Economy of Central Asia is an original study addressing the processes by which these transitions take place.

The social, political and economic futures of these countries are affected by and will affect a wide region, spanning from Russia, the Caucasus and Iran to China and South Asia. This book addresses not only the reasons for the continued state of poverty and instability, but explains how the choices they are confronting will shape their ability to improve their societies.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Transition and the Sources of Instability 2. Political Realities: How Power Operates in the Region 3. Exchange Regimes 4. Gold Mining: An Invisible Dragon 5. Oil and Gas: Concentration and Manipulation 6. Cotton: An Old Malaise and Approaching Environmental Catastrophe 7. Bazaars: Hubs of Entrepreneurship and Discontent 8. Conclusion: Learning from Political Economy and Oligopolistic Markets

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-42191-1: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-42192-8: £25.99


Understanding India’s New Political EconomyA Great Transformation?

Edited by Sanjay Ruparelia and Sanjay Reddy, both at The New School for Social Research, John Harriss, Simon Fraser University, Canada and Stuart Corbridge, London School of Economics, UK

Since 1989, a number of large-scale transformations have reshaped India. This textbook provides a detailed account of three that are of particular importance: the advent of liberal economic reform, the ascendance of Hindu cultural nationalism, and the empowerment of historically subordinate classes through popular democratic mobilizations.

Filling a gap in existing literature, the book goes beyond looking at the transformations in isolation, managing to:

• explain the empirical linkages between these three phenomena

• provide an account that integrates the insights of separate disciplinary perspectives

• explain their distinct but possibly related causes and the likely consequences of these central transformations taken together.

By seeking to explain the causal relationships between these central transformations through a coordinated conversation across different disciplines, the dynamics of India’s new political economy are captured. Chapters focus on the political, economic and social aspects of India in the current as well as the historical context since the country’s independence. Based on empirical findings, contributors discuss how the multilevel and multidirectional growth story of India is likely to develop. This is an essential text for students and researchers of India’s political economy and the growth economies of Asia.



South Asia in the New World OrderThe Role of Regional Cooperation

Shahid Javed Burki

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

Rapid changes have taken place in the structure of the global economy, and this book looks at how South Asia can take advantage of these changes. The author argues that the developing global economy will be more complex than originally thought, that instead of a bipolar model with two countries, the US and China, at the centre, it will be multipolar with eight centres of economic activity, including India.

Selected Contents: 1. Prologue 2. Challenges and Opportunities 3. Reshaping the Global Economy: The Dawn of the Asian Century? 4. History’s Many Burdens 5. South Asia May Have Turned the Corner 6. The South Asian Way: A Non-Conventional Approach to the Making of Economic Policies 7. A Multilayered World: Regional Integration as a Determinant of Sustained National Growth 8. South Asia: Future Growth Scenarios With or Without Integration



Routledge Handbook of South Asian EconomicsEdited by Raghbendra Jha, Australian National University

The Routledge Handbook of South Asian Economics addresses the recent economic transformation in South Asia. Leading experts in the field look at the major economic achievements and challenges for the region and examine why economic development across the South Asia region has diverged so significantly since the early 1990s.

Providing a cutting-edge review of the economies of South Asia, the Handbook analyses key growth areas as well as key structural weaknesses and policy challenges facing these economies. Furthermore, it anticipates trends and suggests corrective measures for the South Asian economic region. Sections focus on issues of human development, such as inequality, poverty and quality of schooling, and monetary and fiscal issues, particularly in light of the ongoing global financial crisis. Further sections discuss issues relating to employment and infrastructure, and on the experience of the region with international trade and financial flows, and environmental challenges.

Written by renowned and respected experts on South Asian economics, this Handbook will be an invaluable reference work for students and academics as well as policy makers interested in South Asian Studies, Economics and Development Studies.

Selected Contents: 1. Overview of the South Asian Economy and the Volume Raghbendra Jha Part 1: Economic Growth 2. India’s Growth in a Long Run Perspective Bishnupriya Gupta 3. Five Centuries of Economic Growth in India: The Institutions Perspective Sambit Bhattacharyya 4. India’s Two Track Economy: An Exploration into the Dualism of India’s Complex Economic Structure Rimjhim M. Aggarwal Part 2: Human Development Issues 5. Economic Inequality in South Asia Takashi Kurosaki 6. The Importance of Education and Literacy Skills: Perspectives from Labour Market and Health in South Asia Urvashi Dhawan Biswal and Bagala Biswal 7. Improving Schooling Quality as a Human Development Strategy in India: Challenges and Prospects Anil B. Deolalikar 8. Natural Disasters in South Asia Raghav Gaiha, Kenneth Hill and Ganesh Thapa Part 3: Monetary and Fiscal Policy Issues 9. Monetary Policy Framework in India: Past, Present, and Future Takeshi Inoue and Shigeyuki Hamori 10. Exchange Rate Regimes and Macroeconomic Performance in South Asia Ashima Goyal 11. South Asia and the Global Financial Crisis: Impact and Monetary Policy Responses Rabin Hattari, Mohammad Shahidul Islam and Ramkishen S. Rajan 12. Fiscal Policies and Challenges in South Asia Raghbendra Jha Part 4: Sectoral Issues 13. Infrastructure Issues in South Asia Sanjay Kumar Singh 14. Prospects of Non-Farm Employment and Welfare in Rural Areas Simrit Kaur, Vani S. Kulkarni, Raghav Gaiha and Manoj K. Pandey Part 5: International Trade and Financial Flows 15. Trade Policies in South Asia Garry Pursell 16. Foreign Capital Flows and Development: Lessons from South Asian Experiences Nagesh Kumar 17. Trade, Growth and Poverty in South Asia Keshab Bhattarai 18. Impact of South Asia on Global Institutions: Economic and Social Perspectives Shandre M. Thangavelu and Sanja S. Pattnayak Part 6: Environmental Issues 19. State of Environment in South Asia K.V. Bhanu Murthy 20. Climate Change Mitigation Strategies in South Asia Vijay P. Ojha

April 2011: 246 x 174: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-55397-1: £110.00eBook: 978-0-203-82779-6


15


asian Economics

Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

Series Edited by Peter Nolan, University of Cambridge, UK

The primary aim of this series is to publish original, high quality, research-level work, by both new and established scholars in the West and East, on all aspects of the Chinese economy, including studies of business and economic history. Works of synthesis, reference books and edited collections will also be considered.

Rising China in the Changing World EconomyEdited by Liming Wang, University College Dublin, Ireland

This book explores a wide range of issues connected with the impact of China on the global economy and the prevailing international system. Subjects covered include China’s multinationals, international acquisitions, the exchange rate, research and development and technology transfer, China’s emerging major business groupings, and small and medium sized enterprises.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-61095-7: £95.00


Contemporary Chinese EconomyGang Gong, Nankai University, China

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

This book gives a systematic analysis on the modern Chinese economy since the establishment of new China in 1949, especially on the contemporary Chinese economy since the economic reform and opening-up in 1978.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61690-4: £105.00


China in the Asian Financial CrisisPeter Nolan, University of Cambridge, UK

This book argues that, contrary to the widely-held view that the Chinese economy was insulated from international capital flows, and thereby from the 1998 Asian financial crisis, the Chinese economy (especially the financial system of the Guangdong province adjacent to Hong Kong) was deeply enmeshed in the international system, and that the Chinese government succeeded in containing the crisis with difficulty. Besides showing how the crisis was contained, the book sheds a great deal of light on China’s emerging financial institutions, which, the author alleges, were in 1998 ’pervaded by corruption and criminality at every level’.

May 2011: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-30372-9: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-50596-0


China’s Multinationals - The Resource SectorHuaichuan Rui, Brunel University, UK

This book examines the foreign direct investment activities of China’s multinationals, focusing in particular on the resource sector - that is by firms involved in oil, gas, mining, metal and other resource-based industries - which accounts for a large proportion of China’s overall foreign direct investment activities.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview 1. The Global Resource Market: Demand and Supply 2. The Chinese Resource Market: Demand and Supply 3. Chinese Resource Firms’ ‘Going Global’ 4. Current Wisdom on Firms’ Internationalisation versus Chinese Practice Part 2: Going Global 5. CNPC in Russia, Kazakhstan, Sudan, and Venezuela 6. CNOOC in Indonesia and Nigeria 7. Minmetal in Brazil, Chile and Canada 8. Shenhua in Mongolia 9. Baosteel in Australia and Brazil 10. Huaneng in Australia 11. COFCO (China National Cereals, Oils & Foodstuffs Corp) in the World 12. Sinochem in the World 13. Medium and Small Firms in Resource Sector Part 3: Impact 14. Impact on Global Resource Markets (Oil/Gas/Metal/Mining) 15. Impact on Chinese Resource Markets (Oil/Gas/Metal/Mining) Part 4: Policy-Making Implications 16. Implications for Policy-Making. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-45508-4: £80.00


Chinese Economists on Economic Reform - Collected Works of Xue MuqiaoXue Muqiao, The China Development Research Foundation, China

Edited by The China Development Research Foundation

This book is the first of a series which makes available to an English-speaking audience the work of the individual Chinese economists who were the architects of reform, unlike many other books on China’s economic reform which are written by outside observers.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A Letter to Comrades Deng Xiaoping and Li Xiannian 3. A Practice-Based Review of more than

Two Decades of Economic Work 4. Prefaces and Postscripts to China’s Socialist Economy 5. Problems Discovered while Investigating Shanghai’s Economic Restructuring 6. Explanatory Notes to the Preliminary Opinions on Economic Restructuring 7. Opinions on Resuming and Expanding Shanghai’s Role as a National Economic Center 8. Comments on Price Control Regulations 9. Comments on Banking System Reform 10. Advice on Seizing Opportunities to Adjust the Price System 11. A Modern Economy Needs a Modernized Financial System 12. The Key to ‘Price Adjustment’ with Regard to the Means of Production is to Control Capital Construction 13. Strengthen Macro-Control via Economic Measures (extract) 14. Excessive Distribution of National Income and Inflation (extract) - Looking Back at our Economic Work over the past Eight Years 15. Conscientiously Summing up the Experience of Ten Years of Reform - An Important Lesson 16. A Suggestion on Reforming the Fiscal Contract system 17. Overcome Difficulties through Deepened Reform 18. Combine Marxism with the Chinese Revolution 19. Reform is to Set Free Productive Forces



Road Map of China’s RiseAngang Hu, Center for China Study, Beijing, China

In this book, translated from Chinese, Angang Hu - one of the leading thinkers in China on China’s strategy for growth - surveys the factors which have contributed to China’s rise so far, and assesses China’s strengths and weaknesses in the key areas which will affect China’s rise going forward.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Background of China’s Rising 1. Quantitative Assessment of China’s Power of Economic and Science & Technology (1980~2005) 2. Quantitative Assessment of China’s Power in Science and Technology (1980~2004) 3. Five Major Scale Effects of China’s Rise 4. How Does China Narrow Its Relative Gap in GDP with the United States Part 2: China and World 5. China’s Long-Term Growth Prospects and How Its Rising Affects the Asian and Global Economy 6. Sino-US and Sino-Japanese Relations In the Process of Economic Integration 7. Tentative Evaluation of China’s Accession to WTO: Impact on World Trade Growth Pattern (2000-2005) 8. The Rise of China and Opening Up: From a World Class Big Opening Power to a World Class Strong Opening Power 9. China’s Competitiveness: Present and Future Part 3: Economic Growth and Social Development 10. On Sustainability of China’s Economic Growth 11. Evolution of Regional Pattern and Disparities of China’s Human Development (1982-2003) 12. Develop Human Resources to Cope with Aging Society 13. Poverty of Knowledge: New Poverty in the New Century 14. The Emergence of Informal Sector and the Development of Informal Economy in China’s Transition: A Historical Perspective 15. China’s 11th Five-Year Program: Strategies and Implication Part 4: Industry and Development 16. China’s Catching-Up in Media Penetration Level 17. Trajectory of China’s Iron and Steel Industry

October 2011: 234 x 156: 512ppHb: 978-0-415-47992-9: £95.00


The Coal Industry in China’s Political EconomyTim Wright, University of Sheffield, UK

This book examines key aspects of China’s coal industry which illustrate the political economy of China’s economic transformation. It shows how the coal industry was one of the pillars of the planned economy and how its transition to market-based operations has been particularly protracted and difficult, with particular difficulties in moving prices from the artificially low prices of the planned economy to market determined prices, and in determining financial performance where performance is affected significantly by external factors and artificially set prices.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Rents, Prices and Profits in Coal Mining 1. Rents and Rent-Seeking in the Coal Industry under Socialism and Reform 2. The Political Economy of Price Reform 3. Coal Prices under Capitalism 4. The Financial Performance of Coal Enterprises and its Determinants Part 2: Small Mines in Local Development 1. The Relationship between Rural Small Mines and Large State Mines in China’s Coal Industry 2. The Central State and the Rural Mines: The Campaign to Close the Coal Pits Part 3: Miners and Their Work Environment 1. Wages and Workers in China’s Coal Mines 2. Workers State? Coal Mine Safety under Socialism and Capitalism, 1: China’s Coal Safety Record 3. Workers State? Coal Mine Safety under Socialism and Capitalism, 2: The Political Determinants of Coal Mine Safety 4. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-49328-4: £85.00


16


asian Economics

The Economics of Urban Migration in IndiaVegard Iversen, University of Manchester, UK


Presenting new research on rural-urban migration in developing countries, this book combines novel economic theories with empirics, and focuses on the social dimensions of such movement.

Selected Contents: 1. Background, Motivation and Literature Review 2. Social Boundaries in Migration Events: The Role of Kin, Caste and Religion 3. Segmentation and Social Network Multipliers in Rural Urban Migration 4. Networks in the Traditional Economy: Empirics 5. Concluding Remarks

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-41539-2: £80.00


Contemporary VietnamA Guide to Economic and Political Developments

Ian Jeffries, Swansea University, UK

Series: Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia

This book provides full details of contemporary economic and political developments in Vietnam. Key topics covered include Vietnam’s success, in general, in maintaining high rates of growth in the face of inflation and the global financial crisis; continuing economic reforms; foreign trade and investment; battles against corruption; population growth; the Communist Party’s determined maintainance of power; and Vietnam’s response to public health problems such as AIDS, SARS and bird flu.

Selected Contents: Introduction and Summary 1. Political Developments: Political background. A Chronology of Political Developments since the Tenth Congress of the Communist Party held 18-25 April 2006. The Vietnam War (the Human Toll). Communist Party Membership. The Boat People. Religion. The Internet. Demography. AIDS. SARS. Bird Flu. Swine Flu 2. Economic Developments: Economic Background. The Economic System. Financial and Exchange Rate Policy: Developments since October 2006 (including The Global Financial Crisis). The State Sector. Privatization and Stock Markets. Foreign Trade. The World Trade Organization (WTO). The Asian Financial Crisis. Foreign Debt and Aid. Foreign Direct Investment. Outward Investment by Vietnamese Firms. Agriculture. Economic Performance. Postscript. Bibliography. Index



China’s New UnderclassPaid Domestic Labour

Xinying Hu, Simon Fraser University, Canada


Despite economic development in China in the last thirty years producing a domestic service industry, domestic workers are in a very precarious situation in terms of working and living conditions. This book looks at China’s economic transition from a socialist, centrally planned economy to a market-oriented economy, as well as its implications for domestic work and paid domestic workers.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Domestic Employment Regimes in China 3. Globalization, Economic Reforms and Paid Domestic Employment in China 4. Childcare Crisis after Economic Reforms 5. Domestic Labour as Precarious Work in China 6. From Individual Resistance to Unionized Negotiation 7. Establishing Domestic Workers’ Rights 8. Conclusion

May 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-61765-9: £85.00


Incentives for Innovation in ChinaJun Li, University of Essex, UK and Xuedong Ding


There is concern in China that the strategy which has delivered massive economic growth is unsustainable in the long run, that China’s economy is too dependent on low value added manufacturing and not enough based on high value technological innovation. This book assesses the policies implemented in recent years to address this.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Building an Innovation Nation: The Context 1. Introduction 2. National System of Innovation: Evolution and Characteristics 3. Innovation of Firms Part 2: Incentives for Innovation: Policies and Practices 4. Incentives for Innovation: Financial Policies 5. Incentives for Innovation: Fiscal Policies 6. Public Venture Capital and Innovation Part 3: Incentives for Innovation: Sectoral and Regional Implementation 7. Incentives for Innovation in the Automotive Sector 8. Incentives for Innovation in the New Energy Sector 9. Incentives for Innovation in the Yangtze River Delta Part 4: The Chinese Experience: Evaluation and Prospect 10. Prospects of Innovation-Oriented Financial and Fiscal Policies

July 2011: 234 x 156Hb: 978-0-415-60394-2: £85.00


Regional Economic Integration in South AsiaTrapped in Conflict?

Amita Batra, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India


This is the first study to undertake a full-fledged, comprehensive technical analysis of the economic integration/ trade – conflict relationship for South Asia. The empirical analysis provides concrete indications of the extent to which enhancement of mutually beneficial economic interaction in the region, can lead to diminished conflict and hostilities and vice versa.

Selected Contents: 1. South Asia: The Region 2. Trade and FDI Patterns of South Asian Countries 3. Regional Economic Integration Initiatives in South Asia: The PTA Route 4. Regional Economic Integration Outside the PTA Framework 5. Inter-State Conflict in South Asia 6. Modelling the Economic Integration and Conflict Relationship in South Asia 7. Estimated Impact of Conflict on Intra-Regional Trade in South Asia 8. Economic Integration in South Asia: Looking Ahead

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60209-9: £80.00


Pro-Poor Growth and Liberalisation in Developing EconomiesThe Case of Nepal

Sanjaya Acharya, Formerly Erasmus University, the Netherlands

This book focuses on the link between trade liberalisation and poverty. The author develops a social accounting database for Nepal and applies it to an investigation of the trade-offs between growth and distribution that are associated with opening up the economy and deregulating it.

Selected Contents: 1. Background and Objectives 2. Nepalese Trade Policy Reforms 3. Liberalization Reforms and Poverty: Theory and Empirics 4. The Social Accounting Matrix of Nepal 5. Nepal CGE Model and Calibration: Simulations of Liberalization and Reform Policies 6. Dynamic Nepal CGE Model: Higher and Pro-poor Growth 7. Summary and Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-58028-1: £80.00


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

ls Journal of Chinese Economic and Business StudiesEditor: Xiaming Liu, University of London, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rceA

China Economic JournalEditor: Ho-Mou Wu, Peking University, China

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rcej

Macroeconomic and Monetary Policy Issues in IndonesiaAkhand Akhtar Hossain, University of Newcastle, Callaghan, Australia

Drawing on empirical research, this book is a comprehensive empirical study on the key macroeconomic relations and monetary policy issues in Indonesia. In addition to the use of the data from the 1970s, the author adds earlier data from the 1950s to analyze macroeconomic policies and issues in a historical context. Furthermore, statistical and econometric techniques are positioned alongside general empirical results to supplement descriptive discussion on macroeconomic and monetary developments.

Selected Contents: 1. Macroeconomic Developments, Policies and Issues: A Survey 2. Sources of Economic Growth 3. Consumption Expenditure and Household Income 4. Sources and Dynamics of Inflation 5. Inflation, Inflation Instability and Economic Growth 6. Stability of the Money Demand Function 7. Determinants of Export Demand 8. Determinants of Import Demand 9. Real Exchange Rate Behavior and Exchange Rate Policy 10. Exchange Rate Regimes, Capital Flows and Monetary Policy 11. Fiscal Policy and External Debt

May 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-59598-8: £80.00


17


asian Economics

Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

Most of the world’s fastest growing economies are in Asia. These economies are developing very rapidly and are attracting considerable attention, both in the academic world and within the international business community.Each book in this series provides a concise and up-to-date overview of one of the countries in the region. It examines its place in the world economy, its historical development and its resource endowment. The analysis of its growth to date is balanced by an account of its prospects for future development. The relationship between the different sectors of the economy is discussed, as well as the role of multinational enterprises, the government and the financial markets.The interaction of political and social forces and economic growth is given special consideration, and special features of individual countries are highlighted.

Globalization and the Japanese EconomyDavid Bruce, London Metropolitan University, UK

This book provides a critical account of the origin, development and operation of the Japanese economy. It brings to an English language audience for the first time an important debate within Japan on the nature of the Japanese economy and how its current problems can best be dealt with.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Critical Historical Developments in the World Economy 2. Japan’s Changing Economic Structure and Status in the World Economy 3. The Evolution of Macro-Economic Policy during the Catch Up Phase 4. Continuity and Discontinuity 5. The Post-War High Speed Growth System: Competing Explanations 6. The End of High Speed Growth. Conclusion. Bibliography

April 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-46944-9: £80.00


State Structure and Economic Development in Southeast AsiaThe Political Economy of Thailand and the Philippines

Antoinette R. Raquiza, City University of New York, USA

This book considers late developing market economies, exploring the differences in performance in these economies, which are particularly vulnerable to political turmoil, crony capitalism and external shocks.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Patterns of Economic Growth: Narratives and Realities 3. State Configurations and the Politics of Economic Development 4. Comparative Policy of Investment Promotion and Trade 5. The Road to NIChood 6. Conclusion

July 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61767-3: £85.00


Pakistan - the Political Economy of Growth, Stagnation and the State, 1991-2008Matthew McCartney, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK

This book provides a comprehensive reassessment of the development of the economy of Pakistan from independence to the present. It argues that the factors which bring about economic development in countries with high levels of deprivation are best understood by considering changing overall approaches where shifts in approaches do not always co-incide with changes in political regimes.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-57747-2: £85.00


The Dynamics of Asian Labour MarketsBalancing Control and Flexibility

Edited by John Benson, University of Southern Australia, Australia and Ying Zhu, University of Melbourne, Australia

This book explores the dynamics of Asian labour markets in a cross section of eight Asian economies including Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Singapore, China, India, Vietnam, Thailand and Indonesia. It considers how these markets have responded to globalisation, and assesses likely future trends and developments.

Selected Contents: 1. Labour Markets in Asia: Globalization and Transition 2. Labour Markets in Theory and Practice: Perspectives from Western Industrial Countries 3. Labour Markets in Japan: Change and Continuity 4. Labour Markets in South Korea: Transitions Towards Flexibilities? 5. Labour Markets in Singapore: Flexibility in Adversity 6. Labour Markets in Hong Kong: Changes and Advances after the 1997 Reunification with China 7. Labour Markets in China: Coming to Terms with Globalization 8. Labour markets in Vietnam: Developments under the Economic Reform and Globalization 9. Labour Markets in India: Informality and Inequality 10. Labour Markets in Malaysia: Evolution to a Knowledge-Based Economy? 11. Labour Markets in Asia: A Comparative Analysis



10years of publishingestablishedmodern classics

Routledge Classics are an attractive and affordable series of the most innovative and important books of modern times – books that have, by popular consent, become established classics in their field. Whatever you are interested in you will find a seminal text that will make you think.

R O U T L E D G E

C L A S S I C S

CELEBRATE WITH

ROUTLEDGE!

18


EuroPEan Economics

EU Innovation Policies and Regional Economic DevelopmentAdrian Healy


There is strongly contested, and polarised, debate between those that support R&D investment for reasons of EU-wide competitiveness and those that take a perspective focused on objectives of regional economic convergence. Centred on three regional case-studies this book contains the first assessment of who gets what through the EU’s Structural Funds and Framework Programmes, the principal sources of EU funds for investments in R&D capacity, in the United Kingdom.

February 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58598-9: £75.00


Controversies in Local Economic DevelopmentStories, Strategies, Solutions

Martin Perry, Massey University, New Zealand


This book will discuss seven controversies in local economic development, including knowledge and learning, the provision of resources to nurture entrepreneurial talent, innovation, clusters of enterprise and inward investment.

Selected Contents: 1. Local Economic Development as Controversy 2. The Case for Local Economic Development 3. The Learning Region 4. Enterprise

and New Venture Growth 5. Innovation and Employment 6. Enterprise Clusters 7. Inward Investment beyond Zero Sum 8. Being Business Friendly 9. Quartering the Creative Class 10. Prospects for Local Economic Development

June 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-48968-3: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-84949-1


A Political and Economic Dictionary of Central and South-Eastern EuropeCirca

Countries covered in this volume include:

Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, FYR Macedonia, Poland, Romania, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovakia, Slovenia.

This Dictionary provides entries on the history and economy of each constituent country of the region, as well as entries on any distinct territories, ethnic groups, religions, political parties, prime ministers, presidents, politicians, businesses, international organizations, multinationals and major NGOs with an impact on the region’s political or economic affairs.

The book reflects the unique perspective of the region, providing invaluable, specific information. Entries are concise and cross-referenced, providing contact details where appropriate.

A Political and Economic Dictionary of Central and South-Eastern Europe is invaluable for anyone in need of concise information on politics and economics, and will be particularly useful to public and academic libraries, students, the media, teachers, businesses and all organizations or individuals requiring a reliable overview of this world region.

July 2010: 234 x 156: 536ppHb: 978-1-85743-359-3: £130.00


Routledge Studies in the European Economy

Economic Governance in the EUImplementing Policies with the Financial and Coordination Modes

Willem Molle, Erasmus School of Economics, the Netherlands

Series: Routledge Studies in the European Economy

This book sets out a systematisation of the theoretical and conceptual underpinnings of the financial and coordination methods used in EU Economic Governance, offering an empirical investigation into a range of European policy processes.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Definitions 3. Consistency 4. Effectiveness 5. Regulation 6. Budget 7. Coordination 8. Systemic Aspects 9. Practice in Major Policy Areas 10. Competitiveness and Innovation 11. Stabilisation 12. Cohesion 13. Sustainability 14. Employment and Social Protection 15. External 16. Conclusions

March 2011: 234 x 156: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-56544-8: £90.00


Global Population Ageing and Migration in EuropeBo Malmberg, Stockholm University, Sweden, Kristof Tamas, David Bloom, Harvard University, USA, Rainer Munz, Hamburg Institute of International Economics, Germany and David Canning, Harvard University, USA


’A masterful overview of past trends and future projections that demonstrates the major significance of demographic ageing and international migration across the globe’. – John Stillwell, University of Leeds, UK

This book focuses on the extent European external policies should be reconsidered in the light of current demographic challenges, focusing on current demographic trends, an analysis of demographic transitions and European migration policies.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-55123-6: £80.00


The Political Economy of the European Social ModelPhilip B. Whyman, University of Central Lancashire, UK, Mark Baimbridge, University of Bradford, UK and Andrew Mullen, Northumbria University, UK


’Offers a long overdue critical account of the economic and social integration process of the EU – a major reference for academics and students alike’ - Christian Schweiger, Durham University, UK

This book seeks to analyse the development of the EU arguing that the the principle of free movement of capital, goods, services and people is fundamentally at odds with the creation of an interventionist regime.

Selected Contents: 1. The European Social Model Part 1: Foundations of a Neo-liberal EU 2. International Political Economy of a Social Europe 3. The EU as a Neo-liberal Project 4. National Attempts to Construct a Social Model 5. EU Attempts to Construct a Social Model Part 2: The Neoliberalisation of EU Policy 6. Operation of Economic Policy 7. Fiscal Federalism: a Missed Opportunity 8. Social Partnership and Labour Market Flexibility 9. Social Policy Part 3: What Future for a Social Europe? 10. Neoliberalisation and Enlargement: Incompatible Goals? 11. The Lisbon Agenda 12. Rival Visions of Europe 13. National Economic Alternatives

January 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-47629-4: £75.00


EuroPEan Economics

VIEW ANY

product online


listing

19


dEvEloPmEnt Economics


Conflict, Political Accountability and AidPaul Collier, Oxford University, UK

Paul Collier’s contributions to development economics, and in regard to Africa in particular, have marked him out as one of the most influential commentators of recent times. His research has centred upon the causes and consequences of civil war, the effects of aid, and the problems of democracy in low-income and natural-resource-rich societies. His work has also enjoyed

substantial policy impact, having seen him sit as a senior adviser to Tony Blair’s Commission on Africa and addressed the General Assembly of the United Nations.

This collection of Collier’s major writings, with assistance from Anke Hoeffler and Jan Gunning, and accompanied by a new introduction, provide the definitive account of a wide range of macroeconomic, microeconomic and political economy topics concerned with Africa. Within macroeconomics, there is a focus on external shocks, exchange rate and trade policies, whilst microeconomic topics focus upon labour and financial markets, as well as rural development. Collier’s book The Bottom Billion had become a landmark book and this summation of the research underpinning it will be a superb guide for all those concerned with African development.

October 2010: 234 x 156: 408ppHb: 978-0-415-58727-3: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-58731-0: £29.99


Innovative Fiscal Policy and Economic Development in Transition EconomiesAleksandr V. Gevorkyan, Capco, USA


Combining rigorous analytical discussion with solid statistical examination, Gevorkyan undertakes a full macroeconomic review of the post-Soviet economies through to 2009, including a critical evaluation of the current crisis and the future outlook.

Selected Contents: 1. Economics of Transition in the New Century: Lessons Learned and a Future Outlook 2. Fiscal Policy in the Newly Opened Economies: Are there Twin Deficits? 3. Fiscal Policy Sustainability in Transition: Is it there? 4. Innovative Fiscal Policy: The How, When and Why of Borrowing from the Diaspora 5. Innovative Fiscal Policy: Tackling Labour Migration Problems 6. J-Curve: Facing Exchange Rate and Current Account Fluctuation Risks in the Open Economies of the CIS 7. A Model of Fiscal Policy: Currency Crisis and Foreign Exchange Reserves Dynamics 8. Fiscal Policy Lessons for the CIS and Beyond the Economic Crisis

January 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-59807-1: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-83203-5


The Political Economy of AfricaEdited by Vishnu Padayachee, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

The Political Economy of Africa addresses the real possibilities for African development in the coming decades when seen in the light of the continent’s economic performance over the last half-century. This involves an effort to emancipate our thinking from the grip of western economic models that have often ignored Africa’s diversity in their rush to peddle simple nostrums of dubious merit.

The book addresses the seemingly intractable economic problems of the African continent, and traces their origins. It also brings out the instances of successful economic change, and the possibilities for economic revival and renewal. As well as surveying the variety of contemporary situations, the text provides readers with a firm grasp of the historical background to the topic. It explores issues such as:

• employment and poverty

• social policy and security

• structural adjustment programs and neo-liberal globalization

• majority rule and democratization

• taxation and resource mobilization.

The book contains a selection of country specific case studies from a range of international contributors, many of whom have lived and worked in Africa. The book will be of particular interest to higher level students in political economy, development studies, area studies (Africa) and economics in general.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 456ppHb: 978-0-415-48038-3: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-48039-0: £35.99eBook: 978-0-203-85422-8


Latin American Economic DevelopmentW. Charles Sawyer, Texas Christian University, USA and Javier A. Reyes, University of Arkansas, USA

Latin America’s illustrious history, culture, and geography are famous internationally, but in terms of economics, the region has been generally associated with problems. For many, the combination of a resource rich region and poor economic conditions has been a puzzle. Latin American Economic Development provides the most up to date exploration of how this happened with a focus on why the continent can be considered to have underperformed, how the various Latin American economies function and the future prospects for the region.

This textbook addresses the economic problems of Latin America theme by theme. The first four centuries of Latin American economic development are explained with reference to historical and institutional factors; the role of commodities; import substitution industrialization; and the resultant slow growth of the region.

The development of Latin America during the 20th century is examined through the policies of governments toward international trade and the management of the exchange rate. A result of these policies was the accumulation of significant debt in the region that resulted in substantial economic instability. The final section of the book explains how all of these themes have contributed to two dominant problems for the region: poverty and inequality.

The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive text for increasingly popular undergraduate economics courses on Latin America. However, the book has been carefully designed for use by both students majoring in economics and for those in other disciplines looking for a wide-ranging guide to the region. This book should be an invaluable resource for undergraduates looking at Latin American economics, growth and development.

Selected Contents: 1. Latin America and the World Economy 2. Economic Growth and Latin America 3. Growth and the Environment in Latin America 4. Latin American Economic History 5. Latin America and Primary Commodities 6. Import Substitution in Latin America 7. Latin American Trade Policy 8. Exchange Rate Policy 9. Financing Current Account Deficits 10. Macroeconomic Policy in Latin America 11. Macroeconomic Stability 12. Poverty and Inequality



The Role of ’Informal’ Economies in the Post-Soviet WorldThe End of Transition?

Peter Rodgers, Aston Business School, UK, John Round, University of Birmingham, UK and Colin C. Williams, University of Sheffield, UK


Based on extensive ethnographic and quantitative research, this book shows that the economies that operate across post-Soviet spaces are far from the textbook idea of a market economy and focuses on entrepreneurship, education and corruption.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview 1. The Collapse of the Soviet Union and the Move Towards the Market Part 2: (Re)theorising Transition 2. Transition or Transformation? 3. Which Way to the Market? 4. The Theoretical Role of Informal Economies in Transition Economies Part 3: The Lived Experience of ‘Transition’ 5. The Scale of Russia and Ukraine’s Informal Economies 6. The Everyday Nature of Corruption 7. The Relationships between Formal and Informal Work 8. The Workplace: Finding and Keeping a Job 9. Getting an Education 10. Surviving in Transition Economies Part 4: Can a Market Economy Develop? 11. The Barriers to Transition 12. Conclusions

December 2010: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-56721-3: £90.00


20



The Economics of Industrial DevelopmentJohn Weiss, University of Bradford, UK

The spread of manufacturing industry is an important part of economic development, creating jobs, new products and trade and investment links between countries. Understanding this process is an important part of understanding how countries develop and how they are affected by current globalisation. The economic geography of the world has been changing significantly in the last few

decades with old established industrial centres in the developed countries in decline, and new centres emerging in countries that were once thought of as poor and still developing. However, this process has been very uneven with some parts of the developing world still largely non-industrial.

This book aims to explain this process from the perspective of developing countries. It charts current trends in industrial development drawing on available statistics and explores different perspectives on the role the manufacturing industry can play.

The book covers topics including:

• aspects of trade policy as they affect industry

• the international rules of the World Trade Organisation

• the network of links between firms in different parts of the world economy.

Separate chapters examine:

• the special role of small firms and of technology in industrialisation

• government policy towards the encouragement of industry, drawing particularly on the experience of economies in East Asia (the original Asian Tigers)

• recent developments in China and India and their implications for other countries.

The book draws on simple concepts of economic theory but avoids a technical mathematical approach and should be accessible to a wide audience. It extends and updates the author’s earlier work on industrialisation published by Routledge (Industry in Developing Countries, 1990 and Industrialisation and Globalisation, 2002) and aims to present a comprehensive overview of these important contemporary issues. The book is suitable for both undergraduate and graduate level courses, but will also be invaluable to professionals working in development.

August 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-47371-2: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-47372-9: £39.99eBook: 978-0-203-84680-3


Textbook

Overseas Research IIA Practical Guide

Christopher B. Barrett, Cornell University and Jeffrey Cason, Middlebury College, USA

Researchers in developing countries often find that the particular country in which they work presents a range of unforeseen challenges. Indeed, their ability to carry out effective scholarship is often highly dependent on these factors. The great differences between working in countries as varied as India, China, Bolivia and Kenya can often come as a shock to the system. An ability

to negotiate a bewildering array of cultural and logistical obstacles is therefore essential.

Overseas Research: A Practical Guide distils essential lessons learned by scores of students and scholars who have collected data and done fieldwork abroad. The authors fill the reader in on the many crucial pieces of advice: how to prepare for the field, how and where to find funding for one’s fieldwork, issues of personal safety and security, and myriad logistical and relational issues that often define one’s research experience abroad. As Barrett and Cason suggest, ’Fieldwork is a sequence of decisions, some about the conduct of research, some about the conduct of life.’ The book focuses new field researchers’ attention on that productive intersection, and includes many real-life accounts from experienced professionals whose own work abroad can inform those facing the field for the first time.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Indentifying a Site and Funding Source 3. Predeparture Preparations 4. Setting Up to Live and Work 5. The Logistics of Fieldwork 6. Safety and Security Matters 7. The Challenges of the Field 8. Knowing When to Go Home 9. Pulling It All Together: The Postpartum 10. Epilogue: It’s Never Over



Economic Development and Post Conflict ReconstructionJomana Amara, Naval Postgraduate School, USA


This book discusses the models used to explain economic growth and introduces the economic factors that could potentially lead to conflict, offering insights into the applicability of economic development theories to post conflict reconstruction.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Economics of Reconstruction 1. Introduction 2. Theories of Economic Development 3. Economic Factors of Conflict 4. Economic Factors in Post Conflict Development Part 2: Issues in Post-Conflict Reconstruction 5. Metrics of Post Conflict Economic Reconstruction 6. Women and Post Conflict Economic Reconstruction 7. Military, NGOs, IO Role in Economic Reconstruction Part 3: Case Studies 8. Afghanistan 9. Iraq 10. Palestine 11. Somalia 12. Sudan

December 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60918-0: £85.00


Routledge Studies in Development Economics

Gendered Insecurities, Health and Development in AfricaEdited by Howard Stein and Amal Hassan Fadlalla, both at Universty of Michigan, USA

This book considers gender dimensions of a number of issues central to human security and development in Africa including food security, AIDS, legal rights, violence, conflict resolution, informal work, the environment, and poverty alleviation.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Gendered Insecurities and African Development Howard Stein and Amal Fadlalla 1. Food Crises: The Impact on African Women and Children Meredeth Turshen 2. The Gender Context of Vulnerability to HIV/AIDS: The Case of Men and Women in Low Socioeconomic Income Areas of the City of Lilongwe in Malawi Ezekiel Kalipeni and Jayati Ghosh 3. Treating AIDS in Uganda and South Africa: Semi-Authoritarian Technologies in Gendered Contexts of Insecurity Lisa Ann Richey 4. Gender, Environment and Human Security in the Greater Accra Metropolitan Area (gama), Ghana Jacob Songsore 5. Gender and Peace Negotiations in Africa Aili Mari Tripp 6. Negotiating Security: Gender, Violence, and the Rule of Law in Post-War South Sudan Jok Madut Jok 7. Whose Human Security? Gender, Neoliberalism and the Informal Economy in Sub-Saharan Africa Zo Randriamaro 8. Poverty and Insecurity in the Sub-Saharan Countries John Weeks

July 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59784-5: £85.00


Public Expenditures for Agricultural and Rural Development in AfricaEdited by Tewodaj Mogues and Samuel E. Benin, both at International Food Policy Research Institute, USA

’Public Expenditures for Agricultural and Rural Development in Africa provides in-depth analysis of the effects of public investment in rural Africa. Examinations of several countries using sophisticated statistical procedures compare the benefits of different types of government spending, contributing much insight into a neglected subfield of economic development.’ - Kevin Sylwester, Southern Illinois University-Carbondale, USA

The book brings together recent analysis of public spending for agricultural growth and rural development in Africa, providing insights on the contributions of different types of public expenditures for poverty, growth and welfare outcomes.

January 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60367-6: £85.00


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

l Economic History of Developing Regions (co-published with UNISA Press)Editor: Stefan Schirmer, University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ehdr

21



Market Liberalism, Growth, and Economic Development in Latin AmericaEdited by Gerardo Angeles Castro, Instituto Politecnico Nacional, Mexico, Ignacio Perrotini-Hernández, Ciudad Universitatia, Argentina and Humberto Ríos-Bolivar, Escuela Bancaria y Commercial (EBC), Mexico

Using a combination of theoretical approaches, this book looks at economic liberalization in Latin America and new developments in this region, in terms of the impact these policies had on growth, poverty and inequality.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-57374-0: £90.00


South-South GlobalizationChallenges and Opportunities for Development

Edited by Syed Mansoob Murshed, Pedro Goulart and Leandro Serino, all at Institute of Social Studies, the Hague

This volume will bring together contributions from key researchers to address the unified theme of South-South economic cooperation and interaction in a recession affected globalized and interdependent world.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Mansoob Murshed and Pedro Goulart 2. Global Imbalances Rudiger von Arnim 3. Regional Trade Agreements and Improved Market Access in Developed Countries Parthapratim Pal 4. The Diverse Dynamics of Deindustrialisation Internationally Fiona Tregenna 5. The Global Financial Crisis of 2008: A Story Foretold Rob Vos 6. Regional Integration and South-South Trade Expansion: The Case of Senegal in WAEMU Diadie Diaw and Tran Thi Anh-Dao 7. Positive Terms of Trade Shocks and Domestic Adjustment in Argentina Leandro Serino 8. Macroeconomics of Remittances in the Philippines Karel Jansen and Veronica Bayangos 9. Financial Globalization and Labour Markets in Developing Countries Rolph van der Hoeven and Malte Lübker 10. Value Chains in Developing Countries Peter Knorringa 11. Developing Countries, the Geography of Trade and the Network Effects of Economic Diplomacy Peter A.G. van Bergeijk, Marie-Lise van Veenstra and Mina Yakop 12. China in the World Max Spoor 13. Global Imbalances and the US Crisis: Is a Bad Excuse Really Better than None? Kunibert Raffert

May 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59217-8: £85.00


The Role of NGOs in African Socio-Economic DevelopmentTrudy Owens, University of Nottingham, UK and Ronelle Burger, University of Stellenbosch, South Africa

This book charts a new path by considering the role of NGOs in African development and by using a number of new large-scale, representative data sets and spanning many different disciplines provides an overview of what is known about the sector.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58359-6: £85.00


Business, Non-State Regulation and DevelopmentEdited by Ananya Mukherjee Reed, York University, Canada, Darryl Reed, York University, Canada and Peter Utting, United Nations Research Institute for Social Development, Switzerland

This book investigates the manner in which and the degree to which non-state initiatives that regulate the activities of business contribute to inclusive development, especially the development prospects of the most vulnerable sectors of society.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59311-3: £85.00


Labour Standards, Development and TradeGöte Hansson, Lund University, Sweden

Labour standards in international trade are a hotly debated issue in both international trade policy debates and international trade theory. This book gives new insights into this long-standing issue, exploring the historical background and providing an up-to-date analysis of working conditions and their relation to international economic relations.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Human Rights Based Labour Standards 2. Basic Trade Uniuon Rights 3. Child Labour 4. Forced Labour 5. Discrimination in Employment Part 2: Non-Human Rights Based Labour Standards 6. Hours of Work 7. Wages 8. Health and Safety Standards Part 3: Policy Measures in the Struggle for Improved Working Conditions 9. Policies in a World with Free Capital Movement 10. Trade Sanctions 11. Foreign Aid Part 4: Conclusions 12. Summary and Policy Considerations

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-18080-1: £65.00


Economics, Culture, and DevelopmentEiman Zein-Elabdin, Franklin and Marshall College, USA


This book examines the place of culture in different schools of thought within economics, borrowing some of the insights from postcolonial theory to call for a more profound rethinking of the place of culture in economic theory.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction: The Problem of Culture 2. Two Contrasting Approaches to Culture in Economics: Neoclassical Economics, The Original Institutionalist School 3. Marxism: Can Class Survive Culture? 4. Feminist Economics: Devalued Femininity and Devalued Cultures 5. Culture in Development Economics 6. Africa between Culture and Development 7. Cultural Hybridity as a Theoretical Framework. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-55192-2: £80.00


Transition EconomicsTwo Decades On

Gerard Turley, National University of Ireland, Galway and Peter J. Luke, Government’s Home Office Department, UK

Celebrating twenty years of transition from socialism to capitalism, this book is designed to be the core textbook for undergraduate courses in transition economics and comparative economic systems. Given the passage of time, Transition Economics: Two Decades On reviews and accounts for the outcomes in the so-called transition

economies and, from an academic perspective, takes the reader through developments and issues in the twenty years of transition from plan to market.

The authors focus on the most important aspects of economic transition, including:

• the initial conditions at the outset of transition

• paradigms and patterns of transition

• the main transition policies and economic reforms

• the performance of transition countries and firms

• the lessons from transition.

The textbook covers a wide range of both contemporary microeconomic and macroeconomic issues, in over thirty ex-socialist European and Asian countries, including Russia and China.

Transition Economics: Two Decades On is more than just a book about a particular part of the world or the transformation that was experienced at a particular time in history. The authors believe that the study of the economics of transition gives the reader an insight into theories, policies, reforms, legacies, institutions, processes and lessons that have application and relevance, beyond the specific transition from plan to market, to other parts of the world and to other times in history.

November 2010: 246 x 174: 472ppHb: 978-0-415-43881-0: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-43882-7: £34.99eBook: 978-0-203-84291-1


22



Economics and Development StudiesMichael Tribe, University of Bradford, Frederick Nixson, University of Manchester, UK and Andy Sumner, Institute of Development Studies, Sussex, UK

Series: Routledge Perspectives on Development

Development studies textbooks and courses have sometimes tended to avoid significant economic content. However, without an understanding of the economic aspects of international development many of the more complex issues cannot be fully comprehended. Economics and Development Studies makes the economic dimension of discourse around controversial

issues in international development accessible to second and third year undergraduate students working towards degrees in development studies.

August 2010: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-45039-3: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-45038-6: £23.99


The Government of Chronic PovertyFrom the Politics of Exclusion to the Politics of Citizenship?

Edited by Sam Hickey, University of Manchester, UK

The book assesses whether a progressive politics of poverty reduction can be forged within the current post-neoliberal moment of development

It was published as a special issue of the Journal of Development Studies.

Selected Contents: 1. The Government of Chronic Poverty under Inclusive Liberalism: From the Politics of Exclusion to the Politics of Citizenship? 2. A Relational Approach to Durable Poverty, Inequality and Power 3. Grounding ‘Responsibilisation Talk’: Masculinities, Citizenship and HIV in Cape Town, South Africa 4. Rectifying the Anti-Politics of Citizen Participation: Insights from the Internal Politics of a Subaltern Community in Nepal 5. Governing Chronic Poverty under Inclusive Liberalism: The Case of the Northern Uganda Social Action Fund 6. Making Development Agents: Participation as Boundary Object in International Development 7. School Exclusion as Social Exclusion: The Practices and Effects of a Conditional Cash Transfer Programme for the Poor in Bangladesh 8. ‘We Have Always Lived Here’: Indigenous Movements, Citizenship, and Poverty in Argentina 9. Decentring Poverty, Reworking Government: Social Movements and States in the Government of Poverty

February 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-59850-7: £80.00


The Domestic Politics of International TradeIntellectual Property Rights in US-Colombia and US-Peru Free Trade Agreements

Johanna von Braun, University of Cape Town, South Africa


Today, many international free trade agreements (FTAs) are broader than they have ever been before and often affect numerous public policy sectors, such as education, the environment and public health. Yet when it comes to the actual negotiation of FTAs, however, domestic decision-making processes are often biased in favour of commercial objectives and fail to appropriately include the diverse political sectors that are affected by the respective agreements. This, naturally, influences the process and outcome of international negotiations and public policy objectives are often compromised.

Selected Contents: 1. Economic Diplomacy on Multiple Levels – A Framework of Analysis for Understanding the Process and Outcome of the US-Peru and US-Colombia FTA Negotiations 2. IPRs in the International Trading System 3. Negotiating IPRs – A Defensive Position of Developing Countries and the New Challenges Posed by FTAs 4. The Domestic Source of Peru’s and Colombia’s Engagement in the FTA Negotiation 5. The US-Peru and US-Colombia FTA Negotiations 6. The Domestic Source of US Economic Diplomacy 7. The Impact of US Domestic Institutional Change on the Integration of IPRs/Health Concerns into the US-Peru and US-Colombia FTAs 8. Conclusion

December 2010: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-60139-9: £75.00


The Political Economy of Latin AmericaReflections on Neoliberalism and Development

Peter Kingstone, University of Connecticut, USA

Neoliberalism has been at the centre of enormous controversy since its first appearance in Latin America in the early 1970s. Even neoliberalism’s strongest supporters concede that it has not lived up to its promises and that growth, poverty, and inequality all have performed considerably worse than hoped.

Selected Contents: 1. Markets, States, and the Challenge of

Development in Latin America 2. Import-Substitution Industrialization and the Great Transformation in Latin America 3. Neoliberalism and its Discontents 4. The Two Lefts and the Return of the State 5. Government, Markets and Institutions: Reflections on Development



Understanding Small-Island Developing StatesFragility and External Shocks

Edited by Amelia Santos-Paulino and Wim Naudé, both at United Nations University, Finland, Mark McGillivray, AusAID, Australia

Small island developing states (SIDS) are characterised by high economic, geographical and social vulnerability. These states are perceived as economically vulnerable, exhibiting poor economic performance, and embedding low levels of achieved well-being on most criteria. SIDS, which occupy very large parts of the world, face idiosyncratic development challenges largely owing to their susceptibility to external shocks. Still, these countries are all too often overlooked in the development research literature.

Arising from a UNU-WIDER research project, this book provides in-depth research on the international dimensions of SIDS development experiences. Using a wealth of data, as well as case studies, the main topics examined comprise: aid, policies and growth; the costs of neglect, in terms of losses owing to a country falling into the fragile states group, of that country and those in its region; the composition of trade and the impact of external shocks, and the impact of remittances. The studies jointly provide valuable insights for small islands and other developing countries in the pursuit of sustainable growth and development.

Selected Contents: 1. Vulnerability, Trade, Financial Flows and State Failure in Small Island Developing States Mark McGillivray, Wim Naudé and Amelia U. Santos-Paulino 2. Assessing the Economic Vulnerability of Small Island Developing States and the Least Developed Countries Patrick Guillaumont 3. Terms of Trade Shocks and the Current Account in Small Island Developing States Amelia U. Santos-Paulino 4. The Short-Run Macroeconomic Impact of Foreign Aid to Small States: An Agnostic Time Series Analysis Henrik Hansen and Derek Headey 5. Aid and Growth in Small Island Developing States Simon Feeny and Mark McGillivray 6. Aid and Dutch Disease in the South Pacific and in Other Small Island States David Fielding 7. Remittances in Small Island Developing States Catalina Amuedo-Dorantes, Susan Pozo and Carlos Vargas-Silva 8. Paradise Lost: The Costs of State Failure in the Pacific Lisa Chauvet, Paul Collier and Anke Hoeffler

December 2010: 234 x 156: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-57695-6: £75.00


Iran’s Struggle for Economic IndependenceReform and Counter-Reform in the Post-Revolutionary Era

Evaleila Pesaran, University of Cambridge, UK

Series: Routledge Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa

This book analyses the dynamics of economic reform in the Islamic Republic of Iran, discussing the internal debates and external factors that have influenced this post-revolutionary state’s struggle to achieve the revolutionary goal of economic independence over the period 1979-2010.

Selected Contents: 1. Reform and Counter-Reform: The Theoretical Framework 2. Tracing the Desire for Economic Independence 3. Consolidating the Post-Revolutionary Economic System 4. Redefining Revolutionary Goals 5. Moving Towards Reform 6. Resurrecting the Revolution 7. Negotiating the Path of Counter-Reform

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-59025-9: £90.00


23


Political Economics: general


Financial Structure and Income DistributionA Minskian Analysis

Eric Tymoigne, Lewis and Clark College, USA and L. Randall Wray, University of Missouri, Kansas City, USA

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Finance and Stability

The book studies the trends that led to the worst financial crisis since the Great Depression, as well as the unfolding of the crisis, showing that Minsky’s approach can be used to draw some policy implications to improve financial stability.

February 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59193-5: £85.00


The End of Value-Free EconomicsEdited by Hilary Putnam, Harvard University, USA and Vivian Walsh, Muhlenberg College, USA

Series: Routledge INEM Advances in Economic Methodology

This book brings together contributions on the current debate on positive and normative science and philosophy and value judgements in economics from Martha Nussbaum, Amartya Sen and Partha Dasgupta, as well as a new chapter from the editors.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Smith after Sen Vivian Walsh 2. Sen after Putnam Vivian Walsh 3. For Ethics and Economics without the Dichotomies Hilary Putnam 4. Tragedy and Human Capabilities: A response to Vivian Walsh Martha Nussbaum 5. Openness versus Closedness in Classical and Neoclassical Economics Harvey Gram 6. Walsh on Sen after Putnam Amartya Sen 7. Facts, Theories, Values and Destitution in the Works of Sir Partha Dasgupta Hilary Putnam and Vivian Walsh 8. Reply to Putnam and Walsh Partha Dasgupta 9. A Response to Dasgupta Hilary Putnam and Vivian Walsh 10. Freedom, Values and Sen: Towards a Morally Enriched Classical Economic Theory Vivian Walsh 11. Entanglement throughout Economic Science: The End of a Separate Welfare Economics Hilary Putnam and Vivian Walsh 12. The Fall of Two Dichotomies, and the Need for a Macro Theory of Capabilities Hilary Putnam and Vivian Walsh

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-66516-2: £85.00


Modern Political EconomicsMaking Sense of the Post-2008 World

Yanis Varoufakis, University of Athens, Greece, Joseph Halevi, University of Sydney, Australia and Nicholas Theocarakis, University of Athens, Greece

Once in a while the world astonishes itself. Anxious incredulity replaces intellectual torpor and a puzzled public strains its antennae in every possible direction, desperately seeking explanations for the causes and nature of what just hit it. 2008 was such a moment. Not only did the financial system collapse, and send the real economy into a tailspin, but it also revealed the

great gulf separating economics from a very real capitalism. Modern Political Economics has a single aim: To help readers make sense of how 2008 came about and what the post-2008 world has in store.

The book is divided into two parts. The first part delves into every major economic theory, from Aristotle to the present, with a determination to discover clues of what went wrong in 2008. The main finding is that all economic theory is inherently flawed. Any system of ideas whose purpose is to describe capitalism in mathematical or engineering terms leads to inevitable logical inconsistency; an inherent error that stands between us and a decent grasp of capitalist reality. The only scientific truth about capitalism is its radical indeterminacy, a condition which makes it impossible to use science’s tools (e.g. calculus and statistics) to second-guess it. The second part casts an attentive eye on the post-war era; on the breeding ground of the Crash of 2008. It distinguishes between two major post-war phases: The Global Plan (1947-1971) and the Global Minotaur (1971-2008).

This dynamic new book delves into every major economic theory and maps out meticulously the trajectory that global capitalism followed from post-war almost centrally planned stability, to designed disintegration in the 1970s, to an intentional magnification of unsustainable imbalances in the 1980s and, finally, to the most spectacular privatisation of money in the 1990s and beyond. Modern Political Economics is essential reading for Economics students and anyone seeking a better understanding of the 2008 economic crash.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Book 1: Shades of Political Economics: Seeking clues for 2008 and its Aftermath in the Economists’ Theories 2. Condorcet’s Secret: On the Significance of Classical Political Economics Today 3. The Odd Couple: The Struggle to Square a Theory of Value with a Theory of Growth 4. The Trouble with Humans: The Source of Radical Indeterminacy and the Touchstone of Value 5. Crises: The Laboratory of the Future 6. Empires of Indifference: Leibniz’s Calculus and the Ascent of Calvinist Political Economics (With an Addendum by George Krimpas Entitled ‘Leibniz and the ‘Invention’ of General Equilibrium’) 7. Convulsion: 1929’s Lasting Legacy 8. A Fatal Triumph: 2008’s Origins in the Stirrings of the Cold War 9. A Most Peculiar Failure: The Curious Mechanism by Which Neoclassicism’s Theoretical Failures have been Reinforcing its Dominance since 1950 10. A Manifesto for Modern Political Economics: Postscript to Book 1 Book 2: Modern Political Economics: Theory in Action 11. From a Global Plan to a Global Minotaur: The Two Post-War Phases of US Hegemony, 1947-2008 12. Crash: 2008 and its Legacy (With an Addendum by George Krimpas Entitled ‘The Recycling Problem in a Currency Union’) 13. A Future for Hope: Postscript to Book 2



Development and GlobalizationA Marxian Class Analysis

David F Ruccio, University of Notre Dame, USA

Series: Economics as Social Theory

Since the mid-1980s, David F. Ruccio has been developing a new framework of Marxian class analysis and applying it to various issues in socialist planning, Third World development, and capitalist globalization. The aim of this book is to show, through a series of concrete examples, how Marxian class analysis can be used to challenge existing modes of thought and to

produce new insights about the problems of capitalist development and the possibilities of imagining and creating noncapitalist economies.

October 2010: 234 x 156: 424ppHb: 978-0-415-77225-9: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-77226-6: £29.99eBook: 978-0-203-84318-5


Inequality and PowerThe Economics of Class

Edited by Eric A. Schutz, Rollins College, USA

This book is about the causes and consequences of economic inequality in the advanced market economies of today. It is common that in market systems people choose their own individual economic destinies, but of course the choices people make are importantly determined by the alternatives available to them: unequal opportunity is the critical determinant of economic disparities. This begs the question; from where do the vast inequalities of opportunity arise? This book theorizes that power and social class are the real crux of economic inequality.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. People Make Their Choices 3. Opportunity Matters 4. Opportunity Matters: More Yet 5. How Power Works 6. Capitalism: ’Classical’ Class 7. Realities of Class Today 8. Running the System: Business Power and Political Power 9. Cultural Power 10. Increasing Inequality Today 11. Confronting Inequality and Class: Distributive Justice 12. Confronting Inequality and Class: Economy, Community and Biosphere 13. Conclusion



VIEW ANY

product online


listing

24



Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

A Political Economy of Human RightsRights, Realities and Realization

Bastiaan de Gaay Fortman, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands

Human rights are generally discussed in the context of international legal standards and mechanisms with little regard to the structures and issues behind their non-implementation. In this volume, the analysis focuses on a reconceptualisation of human rigths as extralegal tools and their potential utility in the environments that are situated behind these structural failures. Thus, the triangle economy-polity-society (including culture) constitutes the book’s core focus. Both opportunities and obstacles in the use of human rights instruments are reviewed in the setting of contextual analysis, looking at resources and constraints not merely from a legal but also from socio-cultural, political, and economic perspectives. Indeed, human rights become more meaningful to people when they are linked to the contents of their worldviews, beliefs and religious practices and related to specific contexts, including serious constraints to their realisation.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Human Rights: Power and Protection 2. Human Rights: Principles and Pressure 3. Global Realities: Conflict and Confrontation 4. Local Realities: Strife and Struggle 5. Realisation: The Rights of the Poor 6. Realisation: The Rights of Collectivities. Conclusion

May 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58120-2: £85.00


Capital, Exploitation and Economic CrisisJohn Weeks, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK

Since 2008 the capitalist world has been swept by the severest crisis since the Great Depression of the 1930s. Karl Marx anticipated this type of financial collapse, arguing that it was derivative from the ‘fetishism of commodities’ inherent in the capitalist mode of production. This book substantiates the foregoing claim by a journey from Marx’s analysis of commodities to the capitalist crisis of the twenty-first century.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Value as Embodied Labor 2. Value as a Social Relation (Annex to Chapter 1 and 2: Marx and Engels on the Law of Value) 3. Exploitation and Surplus Value 4. The Circuit of Capital (Annex to Chapter 4: Marxian and Mainstream Economic Categories) 5. Commodity Money 6. Capital and Money (Annex to Chapter 6: The Neoclassical Quantity Theory) 7. Credit, Crises and Capital 8. Competition among Capitals 9. Fixed Capital and Circulation (Annex to Chapter 9: Marx and Demand Failures) 10. Accumulation and Crises 11. First Crisis of the Twenty-first Century

March 2011: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-61055-1: £80.00


Business Ethics and the Austrian Tradition in EconomicsHardy Bouillon, SMC University, Vienna, Austria

Business Ethics and the Austrian Tradition in Economics is a treatise on the fundamental questions of business ethics and addresses significant shortcomings in the field. It is the result of correlating reflections on phenomena, resulting from an intersection of ethics, economics, methodology, and political and social philosophy.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Ethical Preliminaries 2. Economics 3. Justice 4. Business Ethics 5. Conclusion



Capitalist Diversity and Diversity within CapitalismEdited by Geoffrey Wood, University of Sheffield, UK and Christel Lane, University of Cambridge, UK

This book brings together an international set of authors presenting critical thinking in the area of comparative capitalism, asking how processes of systemic experimentation and change contribute to diversity within national varieties of capitalism.

May 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58344-2: £85.00


Economics and Social TheoryAdam Lutzker, University of Michigan Flint, USA

Innovative and cutting-edge, this book proposes an alternative philosophical framework for economics which will reconfigure economics and social theory as historical disciplines that analyze successive standardizations of social practices.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Social Practices Framework 1. The Rise and Fall of Formalism in Postwar Economics, Sociology and Philosophy 2. Social Practices, Governmentality and Economic History Part 2: Social Theory 3. Competing Theories of Agency in Economics and Social Theory 4. Why are Capital Accumulation Metaphors so Popular? 5. Consumption, Culture and Contemporary Identity Part 3: The Economy as Social Construct 6. National Styles of Capitalism 7. Production Chains, Globalization and the State 8. Long Waves, Golden Ages, New Economies and Asset Bubbles

March 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-77175-7: £90.00


Economics and DiversityCarlo D’Ippoliti, University of Rome ’La Sapienza’, Italy

This book takes issue with the concept of ’heterogeneity’ arguing that Economics should not disregard diversity and that this requires a broader, multidisciplinary approach to the explanation of individual and collective behaviour.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Difference, Behaviour, and Aggregative Analysis 1. Social Sciences and the Act of Classification 2. Individual and Aggregate Behaviour 3. Consequences for the Method of Political Economy 4. Concluding Remarks Part 2: Gender Diversity as Inequality 5. G. Schmoller on the Origin of Gender Inequality 6. J.S. Mill and the Liberal Stance 7. Concluding Remarks Part 3: Gender, Diversity and Heterogeneity in the Labour Market 8. Gender Imbalances and the Labour Market 9. The Regional and Historical Perspectives 10. The Econometric Model 11. Analysis of Men’s and Women’s Employment 12. The Historical Perspective 13. Concluding Remarks

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60027-9: £85.00


Freedom, Responsibility and Economics of the PersonJérôme Ballet, Institut de Recherche pour le Développement, Madagascar., Damien Bazin, University of Nice Sophia Antipolis, France, Jean-Luc Dubois, University of Versailles, France and François Régis Mahieu, University of Versailles, France

Although acknowledging the progress that The Capability Approach has made in renewing the thinking on the development, this book critiques the inadequateness of the approach, drawing conclusions about the economic analysis of development.

Selected Contents: 1. Freedom and Liberal Egalitarianism 2. Freedom and Responsibility 3. Responsibility and the Person 4. The Person in Context 5. Capability Structure, Vulnerability and Fallibility 6. Policy Implications: The Social Precautionary Principle

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59698-5: £85.00


Happiness, Ethics and EconomicsJohannes Hirata, University of Applied Sciences Osnabrück, Germany

Despite decades of empirical happiness research, there is still little evidence for the positive effect of economic growth on life satisfaction. This poses a major challenge to welfare economic theory and to normative conceptions of socio-economic development. This book endeavours to explain these findings and to make sense of their ethical implications.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Evidence on Happiness 3. Relative Income and Happiness 4. Happiness and Ethics 5. Happiness and Good Development 6. Happiness-Oriented Societal Development Under the Premise of Democracy 7. Orientation for a Knowledgeable World

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-58404-3: £80.00


25



The Moral Rhetoric of Political EconomyJustice and Modern Economic Thought

Paul Turpin, University of the Pacific, USA

This book examines the effects of the moral rhetoric of the market concept of justice on our understanding of justice. The shift in elevating commutative justice is traced through the moral rhetoric of praise and blame in the political economy of Adam Smith and Milton Friedman.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Moral Rhetoric and Political Economy 2. Sympathy and Justice in Theory Of Moral Sentiments 3. Sympathy and Moral Horizons in Wealth of Nations 4. The Subordination of Distributive Justice in Milton Friedman’s Capitalism and Freedom 5. The Materialization of Distributive Justice 6. Recognition and the Relational Demands of Distributive Justice 7. Recognition and the Problem of Solidarity



Capital as a Social KindDefinitions and Transformations in the Critique of Political Economy

Howard Engelskirchen

Drawing on the rich examples offered by Marx’s analysis of capital and exploring a methodology that will be of interest to both Marxist and non-Marxist social theorists alike, Capital as a Social Kind extends this approach to the study of social life.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Definitions 1. Introduction: Social Kinds in Social Theory 2. Why is This Labor Value? – Commodity Producing Labor as a Social Kind (Appendix: Backhaus and the Analysis of Capital’s First Chapter) 3. Separation and Subordination: The Real Definition of Capital as a Social Kind 4. The Concept of Capital in The Grundrisse Part 2: Transformations 5. Value and Contract Formation (Appendix: Value as a Social Kind) 6. What Ought to Be Done: Marxism and Normativity 7. Winning the Battle of Democracy

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-77691-2: £80.00


The Responsible EconomyJefferson Frank, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

This book argues for a return to an earlier consensus in economic policy that emphasised high social investment in the infrastructure and in education, and a monetary policy that smoothes out (rather than seeks to prevent) economic fluctuations.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction – Markets 2. The Role for Good Behaviour and Incentives to Sustain It 3. Incentives and Behaviour 4. Inflexible Labour Markets 5. Trade – The breaking of contracts 6. The Complacency Equilibrium 7. Cowboy Keynesianism 8. Macroeconomics of High Profits 9. Company Pensions and Benefits 10. Non-Profits and Voluntary Organisations 11. Challenging the System 12. Back to the Future – the Artisan Economy 13. Responsible Economics and the Responsible Economy

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59847-7: £85.00


The Culture of MarketsVirgil Storr, George Mason University, USA

Series: Routledge Advances in Heterodox Economics

What is the relationship between culture and economy? How does culture impact economic life and vice versa? Grappling with these questions has become increasingly important in recent years. This book will explore the relationship between culture and economy.

Relying on the work of economists from several schools of thought, economic anthropologists, economic sociologists, and historians, the author outlines an approach to understanding culture and economy that sees culture as aiding rather than impeding economic progress and that views community as being positively impacted by markets.

The book will be interesting reading for historians of economic thought but it will also attract sociologist, cultural anthropologists and scholars in geographical area studies.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Understanding Culture and Markets 2. The Play of Culture and Markets Part 2: How Does Culture Impact Markets? 3. Path Dependence and the Case for Culture as a Burden 4. The Many Flavors of Entrepreneurship Part 3: How Do Markets Affect Culture 5. The Bad and the Ugly of the Market 6. Meaningful Conversations in the Market 7. On the Meaningful Extra-Economic Conversations that Can Occur in Markets which is Forthcoming in The Review of Austrian Economics 8. On Culture and Globalization. Conclusion

July 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-77746-9: £80.00


The Evolution of Morality in EconomicsCognitive Hayek

Evelyn Gick, Dartmouth College, USA

Series: Routledge Foundations of the Market Economy

’This book presents an ambitious synthesis of Hayek scholarship and recent developments in cognitive psychology and neuroscience. Gick contributes to the mounting evidence that Hayek is one of the most important social thinkers of the 20th century, not just in terms of economics and political theory, but psychology and philosophy of mind as well.’ - Mark White, CUNY, Staten Island, USA

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Methodological Background: Institutions and the School of New Institutional Economics 3. Hayek as a Moral Philosopher 4. Hayek’s Cognitive Theory 5. Hayek’s Moral Theory 6. Conclusion 7. Appendix: Game-Theoretic Approaches: A Pathway

June 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-77705-6: £75.00


Economic Necessity, Political Contingency and the Limits of Post-MarxismCeren Özselçuk, Duke University, USA

Series: New Political Economy

This book offers a new critique of post-Marxism, offering a careful reading of the works of influential thinkers, Ernesto Laclau and Étienne Balibar and discussing its relative successes and failures.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Uneven Theoretical Development of Post-Althusserian Theory 2. The Tension of the Althusserian Mode of Production Problematic 3. The Tension Between Structure and Conjuncture: Étienne Balibar’s Rethinking of the Mode of Production Problematic 4. From Mode of Production of Politics of Hegemonic Articulation: Breaks and Continuities in the Works of Ernesto Laclau 5. Marxism Without Essentialist Closures: The Overdetermined Class Analytics of Steve Resnick, Richard Wolff and AESA 6. Conclusion: Probematizing the Political vs. Economic Divide in the Post- Althusserian Field

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60892-3: £85.00


The American Political EconomyInstitutional Evolution of Market and State

Marc Allen Eisner, Wesleyan University, USA

Policy debates are often grounded within the conceptual confines of a state-market dichotomy, as though the two existed in complete isolation. In this innovative text, Marc Allen Eisner portrays the state and the market as inextricably linked, exploring the variety of institutions subsumed by the market and the role that the state plays in creating the institutional foundations of economic activity.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Making Sense of the Political Economy 1. Beyond the Market-State Dichotomy 2. Making Sense of Institutions and Institutional Change Part 2: The Evolution of the American Political Economy 3. The Progressive Regime and the Regulatory State 4. The Rise of the New Deal Regime 5. The Postwar Consolidation of the New Deal Regime 6. The Rise and Pause of the Keynesian Welfare State 7. The Neoliberal Regime and the Return of the Market Part 3: Neoliberalism and Its Discontents 8. The Two Welfare States and the Coming Entitlement Crisis 9. The Global Economy and the Persistence of the State 10. The Financial Crisis and the Great Recession 11. Continuity and Change in the American Political Economy

August 2010: 6 x 9: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-99960-1: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99962-5: £30.99eBook: 978-0-203-88014-2


26



The Israeli Central BankPolitical Economy, Global Logics and Local Actors

Daniel Maman, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel and Zeev Rosenhek, Open University of Israel

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies

This book examines the political and institutional processes that have led to the strengthening of the Israeli central bank within the context of the now predominant neoliberal regime.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Political Economy of Central Banks 2. The Dynamics of the Israeli Political Economy 3. The Israeli Central Bank in the Developmental State Era 4. The Reconfiguration of the Political-Economic Field 5. Knowledge, Institutional Arrangements and Policy 6. Struggling for Preeminence. Conclusions: Politics of Depoliticization



Human Development in Iraq1950-1990

Bassam Yousif, Indiana State University, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies

This book takes a political economy approach in order to detail the human resource development of Iraq from 1950 up to the Gulf war in 1990.

October 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-78263-0: £75.00


Austrian EconomicsHistorical and Philosophical Background

Edited by Wolfgang Grassl and Barry Smith


First published in 1986, this book presents a reissue of the first detailed confrontation between the Austrian school of economics and Austrian philosophy, especially the philosophy of the Brentano school. It contains a study of the roots of Austrian economics in the liberal political theory of the nineteenth-century Hapsburg empire, and a study of the relations between the general theory of value underlying Austrian economics and the new economic approach to human behaviour propounded by Gary Becker and others in Chicago. In addition, it considers the connections between Austrian methodology and contemporary debates in the philosophy of the social sciences.

Selected Contents: 1. Austrian Economics and Austrian Philosophy 2. The Second Austrian School of Value Theory 3. Intellectual Foundations of Austrian Liberalism 4. Markets and Morality: Austrian Perspectives on the Economic Approach to Human Behaviour 5. Brentano on Preference, Desire and Intrinsic Value 6. Emanuel Herrmann: On an Almost Forgotten Chapter of Austrian Intellectual History 7. The Austrian Connection: Hayek’s Liberalism and the Thought of Carl Menger 8. Austrian Economics under Fire: The Hayek-Sraffa Duel in Retrospect

January 2011: 216 x 138: 262ppHb: 978-0-415-61190-9: £70.00


East Asian TransformationOn the Political Economy of Dynamism, Governance and Crisis

Jeffrey Henderson, University of Bristol, UK

This book brings together benchmark essays in the field of global political economy, covering the key political-economic issues of East Asian development: the relation between the state and markets; the changing nature of economic governance and its relation to inequality; and the rise of China and its international consequences.

Selected Contents: Preface: An East Asian Journey.

Acknowledgements 1. Making Sense of East Asian Transformation 2. Danger and Opportunity in the Transformation Process 3. States and Transformation 4. Economic Crises and Governance Failures 5. Governing Growth and Inequality 6. Limits to Industrialization Jeffrey Henderson and Richard Phillips 7. China and Global Development 8. Towards a Global-Asian Era? Endnotes. References. Index

January 2011: 234 x 156: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-54791-8: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-54792-5: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-83313-1


Institutional Reform in Central AsiaPolitico-Economic Challenges

Edited by Joachim Ahrens, Private University of Applied Sciences Göttingen, Germany and Herman W. Hoen, University of Groningen, the Netherlands

Series: Central Asian Studies

This book explores key aspects of institution building as well as economic and political governance in Central Asia through an interdisciplinary approach. Contributors from different disciplines such as economics, political economy, political science, sociology, law, and ethnology investigates the challenges of institutional transition in a non-democratic region.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview 1. Economic Transition and Institutional Change in Central Asia: An Overview Joachim Ahrens and Herman W. Hoen Part 2: Country-specific Investigations 2. Turkmenistan after Turkmenbashi Richard Pomfret 3. Transition Strategies in Kazakhstan and Uzbekistan since Independence: Paradoxes and Prospects Farrukh Irnazarov 4. Social Capital and the Formation of a Market Economy: The Case of Uzbekistan Manuela Troschke 5. Poverty, Governance, and Participation in Central Asia: The Example of Tajikistan Frank Bliss 6. Kazakhstan as a New Regional Power in Central Asia? Andrea Schmitz Part 3: Governance and Institutions 7. The Political Economy of Governance Reform in Central Asia Joern Graevingholt 8. The Developmental State: Lessons for Central Asia Manuel Stark 9. Informal Integration and Decentralization in Central Asia Alexander Libman Part 4: External Actors and International Structures 10. Is Russia Winning in Central Asia? Martin Spechler 11. Central Asia and Russia: Two Alternative Perspectives Alexander Libman 12. The European Union and Central Asia: A Case of Policy Transfer? Nienke de Deugd

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-60200-6: £80.00


Charting China’s FutureDomestic and International Challenges

Edited by David Shambaugh, George Washington University, USA

Charting China’s Future provides informed analysis on the complexities of today’s China, and where these complexities may lead, from some of the world’s leading Asia experts. The contributors have provided clear, intelligible, and forward-looking analyses, free of social science jargon and extensive footnotes. Probing into many of the key domestic and external issues facing China today from political, economic and social perspectives the book proffers a forward-looking analysis that will appeal to anyone with a professional, academic or personal interest in the big issues facing today’s China and its interaction with the world. Readers will find much to contemplate about China’s future in this volume, and will gain a clearer sense of the key variables and possible trajectories of one of the most consequential countries on the planet.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61954-7: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-61955-4: £26.99


A New Economic Geography of RussiaMichael J. Bradshaw, University of Leicester, UK

This book, based on extensive original research, surveys the impact of globalization, economic transition, economic restructuring, and regional economic change on the Russian Federation.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Regions, Economic Geography and Foreign Area Studies 3. Approaches to the Economic Geography of the Soviet Union and the Russian Federation 4. The Spatial Consequences of the Soviet Centrally Planned Economy 5. The Economic Geography of Russia’s Transformation 6. Geographies of Russia’s ’New Economy’ 7. A New Economic Geography of Russia? 8. Conclusions: An Agenda for Research

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-32481-6: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-30953-7


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

ls Review of Political EconomyEditors: Gary Mongiovi, St John’s University, USA and Steve Pressman, Monmouth University, USA

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/crpe

Journal of Economic Policy ReformEditor: Michael Connolly, University of Miami, USA

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/gpre

The Journal of Economic EducationEditors: William B. Walstad, University of Nebraska - Lincoln

www.informaworld.com/vece

27


Political Economics: gender and Economics

Political Economics: Economic methodology

Reassessing the Paradigm of EconomicsBringing Positive Economics Back into the Normative Framework

Valeria Mosini, London School of Economics, UK

Series: Routledge INEM Advances in Economic Methodology

This book critiques the methodology of Milton Friedman’s work and the establishment of the dominance of the economics of ‘what is’ (positive economics) on the economics of ‘what ought to be’ (normative economics) in an historical perspective.

Selected Contents: Foreword. The ‘Scientific’ Status of Economics and the Current Crisis 1. The Normative Character of Milton Friedman’s ‘Positive’ Economics 2. The Relation between Positive and Normative Economics in J.N. Keynes 3. Methodology or Ideology? 4. Some Contradictions and ‘Delusions’ of Neoclassical Economics under the Neoliberal Paradigm 5. Walras’ Attitude to Descriptive (Positive), and Prescriptive (Normative), Economics 6. ‘What is to be done?’ The Question Crops Up Again

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-57511-9: £85.00


The Economics of Structural Change in KnowledgeFrancesco Quatraro, University of Turin, Italy

Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition

’Policymakers and researchers need to better understand how knowledge creates economic and social value. They can only do this if they have better theoretical and analytical tools. The Economics of Structural Change in Knowledge provides new help on both these levels.’ - David Rooney, University of Queensland Business School and co author of Public Policy in Knowledge-Based Economies (Edward Elgar) and Wisdom and Management in the Knowledge Economy (Routledge)

’This book provides a wonderful introduction to the role that information and knowledge play in the determination of economic growth and fluctuations in modern economies. Its synthesis of Schumpeterian and Kuznetsian traditions into a clear, integral framework is much needed and will be of value to students and researchers alike.’ - Dennis Patrick Leyden, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, USA

Building upon Schumpeterian and Kuznetsian legacies, this new book argues that a focus on both the structural change approach and the economics of knowledge provides a fertile ground to better understand recent evolutions of economic environment.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-56543-1: £90.00



The Political Economy of Families, Work and GlobalizationInterdisciplinary Perspectives

Edited by Drucilla Barker, Nazareth College, USA and Suzanne L. Bergeron, University of Michigan-Dearborn, USA


An interdisciplinary reader of scholarship relevant to feminist political economy, the selections in this book cover themes such as: feminism and the history of economic thought, and the feminization of poverty and welfare state policies.

September 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-77287-7: £75.00


Inequality, Development, and GrowthEdited by Günseli Berik, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, USA, Yana van der Meulen Rodgers, Rutgers University, USA and Stephanie Seguino, University of Vermont, USA

This volume presents a comprehensive analysis of the linkages between inequality, development, and growth from a feminist economics perspective. More specifically, it examines connections between intergroup inequality and macroeconomic outcomes, considering various channels through which gender, growth, and development interact. Using a range of analytical methods, country studies, and levels of aggregation, the contributors argue that inequalities based on gender, race, ethnicity, and class undermine the ability of people to provision and live fully to their capabilities. Authors examine the effect of macroeconomic policies and economic growth on inequalities in material resources and well-being, as well as the effects of inequality on economic growth.

November 2010: 234 x 156: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-59944-3: £80.00


Economic Development in the Middle EastRodney Wilson, University of Durham, UK

This text is designed to introduce the undergraduate and postgraduate student to the most pressing and topical economic issues in the contemporary Middle East. It includes coverage of the entire region and charts and growth of economic power in the Gulf. It has thematic chapters on finance, population, the role of the state, the influence of Islam, investment, international trade, oil and theories of economic development. In addition there are rich pedagogical resources such as boxed case studies, study questions and suggestions for further reading.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Models of Middle East Economic Development 3. Growth and Structural Change 4. Population Growth and Employment 5. Capital Markets, Savings and Investment 6. An Islamic Model for Economic Development 7. Oil and Development 8. International and Intra-Regional Trade 9. The Role of the State

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-49126-6: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-49127-3: £23.99


Economics and Politics in TurkeyMehmet Asutay, University of Durham, UK

Series: Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series

This book examines the interaction of politics and economics in Turkey, showing how politicians manipulate the economy for their own ends, and how this has brought about unoptimality and disequilibrium, for example in the form of growing government expenditure, ever increasing public debt, chronic economic and political crises, and inflation.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. An Introduction to Political Economics and Public Choice: Old Questions, New Answers 2. The Economy and Polity of Turkey 3. Searching for Political Manipulation of Economy in Turkey: A Descriptive Statistical Analysis 4. Politics and Macroeconomic Performance in Turkey: Political Manipulation of Macroeconomy in Turkey 5. Political Economy of Elections in Turkey: Deconstructing the Functioning and Consequences of Political Manipulation of the Economy 6. Epilogue: Reflecting on the Theoretical Framework and its Application on Turkey

May 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-45318-9: £80.00


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

l Feminist EconomicsEditor: Diana Strassmann, Rice University, USA

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rfec

Political Economics: Economic methodology

28



The Transformation of the GulfPolitics, Economics and the Global Order

Edited by David Held and Kristian Ulrichsen, both at London School of Economics, UK

This book examines the political, economic and social transformation of the six member-states of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) and the ways in which these states are both shaping and being reshaped by, the processes of globalization. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach, the volume combines thematic chapters focusing on issues such as globalisation, economic diversification and political thinking with chapters studying specific aspects of reform and change.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-57451-8: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-57452-5: £24.99


Gender and the Contours of Precarious EmploymentEdited by Leah F. Vosko, York University, Canada, Martha MacDonald, Saint Mary’s University, Nova Scotia, Canada and Iain Campbell, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Melbourne, Australia

Series: Routledge IAFFE Advances in Feminist Economics

For both its empirical and its theoretical content, this book is an essential addition to the libraries of scholars of gender, of work/life balance, and of what the editors prefer to call ‘precariousness in employment. - Anne Junor, University of New South Wales, Australia

Precarious employment presents a monumental challenge to the social, economic, and political

stability of labour markets in industrialized societies and there is widespread consensus that its growth is contributing to a series of common social inequalities, especially along the lines of gender and citizenship.

The editors argue that these inequalities are evident at the national level across industrialized countries, as well as at the regional level within federal societies, such as Canada, Germany, the United States, and Australia and in the European Union. This book brings together contributions addressing this issue which include case studies exploring the size, nature, and dynamics of precarious employment in different industrialized countries and chapters examining conceptual and methodological challenges in the study of precarious employment in comparative perspective.

The collection aims to yield new ways of understanding, conceptualizing, measuring, and responding, via public policy and other means – such as new forms of union organization and community organizing at multiple scales – to the forces driving labour market insecurity.

2009: 234 x 156: 296ppHb: 978-0-415-49236-2: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-49454-0: £36.99eBook: 978-0-203-87442-4


Political Economics: social Economics

International Encyclopedia of Economic SociologyEdited by Jens Beckert, Max Planck Institute for the Study of Societies, Cologne, Germany and Milan Zafirovski, University of North Texas, USA

’Although intended for reference for students and business practitioners, the entries are of sufficient length to allow this volume to serve as a supplemental text for economic sociology classes. Entries are signed, cross-referenced and include brief bibliographies.’ - Reference & Research Book News

The International Encyclopedia of Economic Sociology is the first encyclopedia in the field and a timely response to the surge of interest in economic sociology over the last 30 years.

Economic Sociology deals with the multiple and complex relations between economy and society. In particular, it focuses on the impact of social, political and cultural factors on economic behaviour. The Encyclopedia gives comprehensive and accessible coverage of the wide range of areas and subjects covered by the field, including, amongst many others, such major topics as consumption, corruption, democracy and economy, ecology, embeddedness, gender and economy, globalization, industrial relations, law and economy, markets, organization theory, political economy, religion and economic life, social capital, the sociology of money, state and economy, trust, and work.

The International Encyclopedia of Economic Sociology is the much-needed major reference work on one of the richest areas of development in the social sciences in recent years. It is an extremely valuable new resource for students and researchers in sociology, economics, political science, and business, organization and management studies.

Entries are cross-referenced and carry compact bibliographies. There is a full index.

April 2011: 246 x 174: 800ppPb: 978-0-415-56958-3: £40.00


Living Standards and Social Well-BeingEdited by Deborah M. Figart, Richard Stockton College of New Jersey, USA and John Marangos, University of Crete, Greece

Too many of the world’s citizens face impoverished living standards. The economic and financial crises have made matters worse. The viewpoint of Living Standards and Social Well-Being is that the fundamental objective for an economy is provisioning, not simply efficiency. The chapters in this volume examine how economies across the globe come to understand what constitutes a living and how they can improve living standards, including balancing paid work with family life and civic responsibility.

The authors provide historical, theoretical, and empirical studies of moving economies at the macro level and households at the micro level toward improved living standards. It is argued that achieving well-being and decent living standards, through work and welfare state policies, is a social responsibility. Such improvements could be delivered through basic income policies, family support, job guarantees, decent work, shorter work weeks, and support from social welfare. These issues are important for economics and the other social sciences and in particular for social economics.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Living Standards and Social Well-Being Deborah M. Figart and John Marangos 2. Consumption, Work Hours, and Values in the Writings of John A. Ryan: Is it Possible to Return to the Road Not Taken? Martha A. Starr 3. Overtime Work and Well-Being at Home Lonnie Golden and Barbara Wiens-Tuers 4. Family Friendly Policies: Helping Mothers Make Ends Meet Heather Boushey 5. Basic Income and Productivity in Cognitive Capitalism Stefano Lucarelli and Andrea Fumagalli 6. Living Wage and Optimal Inequality in a Sarkarian Framework Mark Friedman 7. The European Union Enlargement and Well-Being: A Comparative Approach Nikos Astroulakis and John Marangos 8. A Cross-Regional Analysis of Living Standards, with a Focus on Asia Hyun H. Son 9. Social Responsibility for Living Standards: Presidential Address, Association for Social Economics Deborah M. Figart

October 2010: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-58918-5: £80.00


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

ls Review of Social EconomyCo-Editors: Wilfred Dolfsma, University of Groningen, the Netherlands, Deborah M. Figart, The Richard Stockton College of New Jersey, USA, Robert McMaster, University of Glasgow, UK and Martha Starr, American University, USA

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rrse

Economy and SocietyManaging Editor: Samantha Ashenden, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/reso

Journal of Social EntrepreneurshipEditor: Alex Nicholls, Oxford University, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rjse

Political Economics: social Economics

29


Political Economics: history of Economic thought


Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

A History of Homo EconomicusThe Nature of the Moral in Economic Theory

William Dixon and David Wilson, both at London Metropolitan University, UK

With new analyses of the work of Hobbes and Smith, Dixon and Wilson offer a fresh approach to the debate surrounding economics and morality with a novel discussion of the self in economic theory.

Selected Contents: 1. Hobbes and Human Nature 2. Hobbesworld 3. Beyond the Leviathan and Towards Adam Smith 4. Smith’s Sentimental Subject 5. Wealth and Virtue 6. The Origins of Modern Economics 7. Performing Economics: How the Canon Reproduces Itself 8. Rethinking homo economicus

September 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59568-1: £85.00


The Evolution of Economic TheoryEssays in Honour of Bertram Schefold

Edited by Volker Caspari, Darmstadt Technical University, Germany

This book consists of contributions by distinguished economists from Europe, the US and Japan, covering a range of topics chosen according to Bertram Schefold’s main fields of research, from Wicksell to Sraffa to Marx.

Selected Contents: Introduction Volker Caspari Part 1: Marxian and Sraffian Economics 1. Sraffa and the Universal Basic Income Guglielmo Chiodi 2. The Long-Period Method and Marx’sTheory of Value Duncan K. Foley 3. Exhaustible Resources: Rents, Profits, Royalties, and Prices Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori Part 2: Capital Theory 4. On the Recent Debate on Capital Theory and General Equilibrium Fabio Petri 5. Capital ‘Perversities’ in a One (New) Commodity Model Ian Steedman Part 3: History of Economic Thought 6. Walras-Cassel, the German Connection Revisited Alain Alcouffe 7. Knut Wicksell’s Principle of Just Taxation Revisited Charles B. Blankart and Erik R. Fasten Part 4: Macro and Applied Economics 8. The Matching of Interactive Agents in the Futures Stock Market and the U-Mart Experiment Vuji Aruka and Yuhsuke Koyama 9. Macroeconomics with Non-Clearing Labour Market Willi Semmler and Gang Gong 10. Choosing between Foreign Investment and Subcontracting: Strategies of Italian Firms in Romania Giuseppe Tattara



Crises and Cycles in Economic Dictionaries and EncyclopaediasEdited by Daniele Besomi, University of Lausanne, Switzerland

This book investigates from the perspective of the major economic dictionaries and encyclopaedias the notions of crises and cycles, featuring entries from Pascal Bridel, Cécile Dangel-Hagnauer, Ludovic Frobert, Harald Hagemann and Alain Raybaut.

February 2011: 234 x 156: 640ppHb: 978-0-415-49903-3: £80.00


Anticipating The Wealth of NationsThe Selected Works of Anders Chydenius, 1729–1803

Anders Chydenius

Edited by Maren Jonasson

Anders Chydenius (1729 - 1803) was a contemporary of Adam Smith and a leading classical liberal in Nordic history. Chydenius wrote a remarkable essay containing a very clear exposition of the basic principles of economic liberalism and there can be very little doubt that it would have been a paper of great international fame if it had been published in English at the time he wrote it. In the essay Chydenius comes very close to expressing the famous Smithian metaphor of the “invisible hand.”

June 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-55133-5: £80.00


The Division of Labour in EconomicsA History

Guang-Zhen Sun, Monash University, Australia

This book examines the study of the division of labour over the past two and a half millennia, from the writings of Plato, Smith and Marx, to Hayek and Stigler, assessing recent advancements and suggesting new directions.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction Part 1: Pre-Smith Analyses 2. Early Analyses 3. Mercantilists and Emergence of Political Economy of the Division of Labour Part 2: The Smithian Economics of the Division of Labour 4. The Smithian Economics of the Division of Labour and the Market Process: The Basic Principle 5. Economic Development as Framed in the Smithian Economics Part 3: The Marxian Economics of Manufacturing Division of Labour and the Austrian Problem of Knowledge 6. Machinery and the Factory System: Charles Babbage and Karl Marx on the Division of Labour in Manufacture 7. Catallaxy and the Division of Knowledge: Hayek’s Insight Part 4: The Firm 8. The Firm: The Various Theories Framed in Economics of the Division of Labour Part 5: Insights from Neighboring Disciplines in Social Sciences 9. The Anthropology, Biology and Sociology of the Division of Labour

August 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-44907-6: £80.00


Austrian and German Economic ThoughtFrom Subjectivism to Social Evolution

Kiichiro Yagi, Kyoto University, Japan

’For more than twenty years I have benefitted from the careful, archivally-based research of Professor Yagi on the Austrian and German Historical Schools of Economics. Each of the chapters in this volume represents an original contribution to our understanding of the origin and development of these schools. Taken as a whole, it is an exemplar for how to do substantive history of economic thought.’ – Bruce Caldwell, Duke University, USA

This book intends to renovate the view of social sciences in the German-speaking world. It explores the intellectual tension in the social science in Austria and Germany in the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries. It deals with how the emergence of the new school (Austrian School) changed the focus of social science in the German speaking world, and how it prepared the introduction of an evolutionary perspective in economics, politics, and sociology. Based on (mostly hitherto unknown) primary evidence, this development is lively described in a series of encounters and decisions by each social scientists.

Selected Contents: 1. General Introduction 2. Portrait of an Austrian Liberal: Max Menger’s Liberal Position 3. Carl Menger as Journalist and Tutor of Crown Prince 4. Carl Menger’s Grundsätze in the Making 5. Carl Menger and Historicism in German economics 6. Anonymous History in Austrian Economic Thought 7. Alternative Equilibrium Vision in Austrian Economics 8. Karl Knies, Max Weber, and Austrians: A Heidelberg connection 9. Determinateness and Indeterminateness in Schumpeter’s Economic Sociology: The origin of social evolution 10. Evolutionist Turn of the Marx-Weber Problem



Contributions to the History of Economic ThoughtBertram Schefold, Johann-Wolfgang Goethe Universitat, Frankfurt, Germany

This is the opus magnum of one of the world’s most renowned experts on the history of economic thought. Bertram Schefold’s choice of authors for the ’Klassiker’ series, which he has edited since 1991, and his comments on the various re-edited works are proof of his highly original and thought-provoking interpretation of the history of economic thought.

This volume is an important contribution to the history of economic thought not only because it delivers original and fresh insights about such well-known figures as Aristotle, Jevons or Wicksell, but also because it deals with authors and ideas who have been forgotten or neglected in the previous literature. In this regard Schefold’s book could prove to be seminal for the field of the history of economic thought, for in the age of globalisation our usual restriction to the thinkers of Western Europe and the USA might eventually be overcome.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 560ppHb: 978-0-415-43066-1: £85.00


30



Political Economy and Liberalism in FranceThe Contributions of Frédéric Bastiat

Robert Leroux, University of Ottawa, Canada

The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive analysis of the work of Frédéric Bastiat (1801-1850), one of the towering intellectual figures of nineteenth century France. More than anyone else of his time, Bastiat personified the struggle of liberalism and science against socialism and utopia. Between 1844 in 1850, his campaign for the idea of liberty and his commitment to the discipline of political economy made him one of the most vigorous champions of economic liberalism in France.

Selected Contents: Foreword Raymond Boudon. Introduction 1. The Context of a Life’s Work 2. Bastiat through his Correspondence 3. Bastiat and England 4. Salvation through Science 5. History and Progress 6. Issues and Debates 7. Freedom and its Foes 8. Social and Economic Harmonies

March 2011: 216 x 138: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-58055-7: £75.00


E.E. Slutsky as Economist and MathematicianCrossing the Limits of Knowledge

Vincent Barnett, University of Birmingham, UK

This is the first book in English assessing Slutsky’s contributions to economics and to their links with his influential work in pure mathematics and statistics, with new translations of some of Slutsky’s currently unknown works in economics.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Slutsky’s Life and Work 1. Before the Bolshevik Revolution, 1880-1917 2. From War Communism to N.E.P., 1917-26 3. At the Conjuncture Institute, 1926-30 4. The Impact of Stalinism, 1930-45 Part 2: Slutsky’s Lesser-Known Articles 5. Slutsky on Sir William Petty: A Short Essay on his Economic Views (1914) 6. Slutsky and Probability Theory: On the Question of the Logical Foundations of the Calculus of Probabilities (1922) 7. Slutsky and Currency Emission on the Question of the Calculation of the Income Received by the State from Currency Emission (1923) Part 3: Summing Up Slutsky’s Effect Conclusion

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-54960-8: £80.00


Fighting Market FailureCollected Essays in the Cambridge Tradition of Economics

Maria Cristina Marcuzzo, University of Rome, Italy

’A must for all those interested in the Cambridge traditions of economics. Marcuzzo paints a rich and fascinating picture of their leading scholars and main ideas. She rightly rejects the view that there was a ’Cambridge school’.’ - Heinz Kurz, University of Graz, Austria

The book brings together Marcuzzo’s major contribution to the Cambridge tradition of economics, focusing on Keynes, Kahn, J. Robinson and Sraffa, who shared in the physical space and lifestyle of Cambridge to an exceptional degree.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58310-7: £85.00


General Equilibrium AnalysisA Century after Walras

Edited by Pascal Bridel, University of Lausanne, Switzerland

This book brings contributions from the likes of Kenneth Arrow, Alan Kirman, Richard Posner, Amartya Sen and Robert Solow to share their thoughts and reflections on the theoretical heritage of Léon Walras and general equilibrium theory.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59464-6: £85.00


Henry A. Abbati: Keynes’ Forgotten PrecursorSelected Writings

Edited by Serena Di Gaspare, University of Turin, Italy

’Di Gaspare surprises us with the forgotten writings of a novel precursor of Keynes, who should have been cited in the General Theory. The work of Abbati is ever more relevant as many of his remedies against the recession are compatible with Keynesian expansion and incompatible with mainstream dogma – not a surprising feature since Abbati learned economics through business practice.’ - Marc Lavoie, Full Professor of Economics, University of Ottawa, Canada

’Serena Di Gaspare provides a valuable service by making available the writings of Henry A. Abbati. Scholars in the History of Economic Thought should find the book quite important and useful.’ - Martin H. Wolfson, University of Notre Dame, USA

The work of Henry A. Abbati was much admired by Robertson and Keynes. This book seeks to restore his position as a pioneer in macroeconomic theory with a selection of his writings demonstrating his contribution to the history of economic thought.



Thomas Tooke and the Monetary Thought of Classical EconomicsMatthew Smith, University of Sydney, Australia

The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive account and reconsideration of the contribution to political economy of Thomas Tooke (1774-1858) throwing new light on monetary analysis within the framework of classical economics.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Tooke’s Contributions 3. Tooke’s Approach to Value and Distribution 4. An Explanation of Agricultural Price Movements 5. An Explanation of General Price Movements 6. The Monetary Thought of the Pre-Banking School Tooke, 1819-1838 7. The Monetary Thought of the Banking School Tooke, 1840-1857 8. Tooke’s Legacy



Innovation, Knowledge and GrowthAdam Smith, Schumpeter and the Moderns

Heinz D. Kurz, University of Graz, Austria

‘...In a set of concise and elegant subsidiary essays in this volume the analytical character of classical economics is further, and brilliantly, clarified. It should be essential reading for anyone interested in the causes of growth, particularly in relation to the role of innovation, and for those interested in the history of growth theory. Those who perceive themselves as engaged in ‘neo-Schumpeterian’ research programs will have much to learn from this collection.’ - Tony Aspromourgos, University of Sydney, Australia

This new collection brings together Kurz’s recent work on growth theory, integrating the study of the history of economic analysis with contemporary economic theorizing, drawing on the work of Schumpeter and Smith.

December 2010: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-55063-5: £80.00


Reinterpreting The Keynesian RevolutionRobert Cord, University of Cambridge, UK

Taking its cue from a well-established tradition of work from history of science studies this book provides a coherent account of why the revolution in macroeconomics was ‘Keynesian.’

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1.i. The Keynesian Revolution: What was it and what has it become? 1.ii. The Keynesian Revolution: Existing Explanations 2. History of Economic Thought and Sociology of Science Move Closer Together Part 2: The Sociology of the Keynesian Revolution 3. Keynes the Man 4. Keynes’s Circle 5. Keynes and Publishing 6. Keynes the Economist 7. Keynes in Whitehall and Abroad Part 3: Conclusion and Further Research

September 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59523-0: £85.00


Stalin’s EconomistThe Economic Contributions of Jenö Varga

André Mommen

This book analyses the contribution of Eugen (Jen) Varga (1879-1964) on Marxist-Leninist economic theory as well as the influence he exercised on Stalin’s foreign policy and through the Comintern on the international communist movement.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Making of a Marxist 2. The Making of a Bolshevik 3. Economist of the Comintern (1920-8) 4. Between Bukharin and Stalin (1928-30) 5. The Agrarian Question 6. In Berlin (1924-7) 7. The General Crisis of Capitalism 8. A Depression of a Special Kind 9. Surviving the Stalinist Purges 10. Two World Systems 11. Reparation Payments and Marshall Plan (1941-7) 12. The Varga Controversy 13. Adviser to Rákosi 14. Writing a Textbook 15. Problems of Monopoly Capitalism Epilogue

March 2011: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-57516-4: £85.00


31



Marshall, Marshallians and Industrial EconomicsEdited by Tiziano Raffaelli, Pisa University, Italy, Tamotsu Nishizawa, Hitotsubashi University, Japan and Simon Cook, University of Tel Aviv, Israel

This book focuses on both Marshall and the Marshallian tradition, revisiting the 1920s and 1930s debates on business size, external economies, coordination and management costs including contributions from Roger Backhouse and Richard Arena.

Selected Contents: Introduction Giacomo Becattini Section 1: Marshall’s Industrial Economics 1. Marshall‘s Evolutionary Views on the Industrial System Tiziano Raffaelli 2. ’Industry and Trade’ Revisited, Marshall on Britain’s Industrial Leadership and Business Organization Tamotsu Nishizawa Section 2: Wider Perspectives 3. The History of Industrial Organization Simon Cook 4. Fair Wages and Capability-Development Kenji Fuji 5. Partial Equilibrium Analysis as a Tool for the Study of the Economics of Industry Roger Backhouse 6. Ideal Social Orders Marco Dardi 7. Sraffa’s Attitude to Marshall Annalisa Rosselli Section 3: The Marshallian School 8. The Lancashire Industrial District: Its Rise, Prosperity and Decline in the Analysis of British Economists Katia Caldari and Fiorenza Belussi 9. Layton on Industrial and Applied Economics Masashi Kondo 10. Two Marshallians: Layton and the Early MacGregor Carlo Cristiano 11. Sargant Florence’s Research Programme Leonard Minkes 12. Dennis Robertson’s ‘The Control of Industry’ Hiroyuki Shimodaira Section 4: The Revival 13. D. H. MacGregor and Industrial Economics at Oxford, 1920 – 1945 Frederic Lee 14. ’The Marshallian Tradition of Industrial Economics in Oxford (1947-1979): From Andrews’ Contribution to the Emergence of Industrial Organization and Business Studies’ Lise Arena 15. Marshall and George Richardson Richard Arena 16. On the Revival of Interest in Industrial Districts Marco Bellandi 17. Marshall’s Influence on Recent Developments in Industrial Economics Richard Langlois



Keynes and Modern EconomicsEdited by Ryuzo Kuroki, University of Rikkyo, Japan

Leading economists from a variety of backgrounds, including Ed Nell and Heinz Kurz have joined forces in this volume with internationally respected Japanese scholars to produce a strong collection of contributions to the debate on Keynes’ monumental legacy. This book will be vital reading for historians of economic thought, economic methodologists as well as those economists with an interest in the overall development of their discipline.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-46977-7: £80.00


Subjectivism in the History of EconomicsEdited by Kiichiro Yagi, Setsunan University, Japan and Yukihiro Ikeda

The book attempts to investigate the position of subjectivism in the economic theories in the past, and its relationship or rather confrontation with objective point of view in economics.

December 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60536-6: £95.00


Freedom and Happiness in Economic Thought and PhilosophyFrom Clash to Reconciliation

Edited by Ragip Ege, University of Strasbourg, France and Herrade Igersheim, Aix-Marseille University, France


This book brings together modern European research from leading scholars looking at the fundamental debates and issues surrounding the economics and philosophy of happiness, looking at the work of Hume, Smith, Mill and Jevons.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-57948-3: £85.00


A Theory of ValueSelected Essays

Luigi Pasinetti

Edited by Angelo Reati


This book is an important gathering together of Pasinetti’s key works in the field of value theory, under the expert editorship of Angelo Reati.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Basic Philosophical Approach 3. The Input-output Approach and the Theory of Value 4. Vertical Integration and the Labour Theory of Value: A Step by Step Approach 5. A Generalised Theory of Labour Value

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-41626-9: £70.00


The Legacy of John Kenneth GalbraithEdited by Steven Pressman, Monmouth University, USA

This book identifies and explains the major economic contributions of John Kenneth Galbraith, and places his work in the context of Post Keynesian and Institutionalist Economics. This book was published as a special issue of the Review of Political Economy.

February 2011: 246 x 174: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-61739-0: £80.00


The Foundations of Institutional EconomicsK. William Kapp

Edited by Sebastian Berger, Roanoke College, Virginia, USA and Rolf Steppacher


This is a ground-breaking book about the foundations of institutional economics. K. William Kapp presents the economic role of institutions for economic development, capital formation and technological dynamics in an easily accessible and comprehensive manner. As a front-rank 20th century institutional economist, Kapp pulls together arguments from a variety of sources, including Thorstein Veblen, John Kenneth Galbraith and Gunnar Myrdal, all of which emphasize the crucial role of institutions.

Selected Contents: Editorial Introduction 1. Introduction: The Lasting and Increasing Relevance of Institutional Economics 2. Institutional Economics and Conventional Economic Theory 3. The Intellectual Antecedents of Institutional Economics 4. The Nature and Meaning of Institutions: Towards a Theory of Institutional Change 5. The Institutional Theory of Human Conduct and Economic Behavior 6. Towards a Theory of Human Needs and Social Minima 7. The Institutional Concept of Capital and the Process of Capital Formation 8. The Interaction between Technology and Business Enterprise 9. Technology II 10. The Multi-sector Economy and the Theory of Economic Domination. Appendix A: Substantive vs. Formal Rationality: Environmental Indicators as Indicators of Social Use Values Appendix B: The Central Hypothesis of Institutional Economics: Circular and Cumulative Causation Appendix C: Institutionalism and the Price System: The Problem of Social Costs. Appendix D: Environment and Technology: New Frontiers for the Social and Natural Sciences. Appendix E: Science and Technology in the Light of Institutional Analysis: Governmental Furtherance of Environmentally Sound Technologies as a focus of Research and Environmental Policies. Appendix F: Social Economics and Social Welfare Minima. Appendix G: In Defense of Institutional Economics. Appendix H: Alternative Introductions. Appendix I: Project Outline ’American Institutionalism: The System of Economic Analysis of Veblen and his Followers’

March 2011: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-58655-9: £85.00


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

l The European Journal of the History of Economic ThoughtEditors: José Luís Cardoso, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal, Gilbert Faccarello, Université Panthéon-Assas, France, Heinz D. Kurz, Karl Franzens-Universität, Austria and Antoin E. Murphy, Trinity College, Republic of Ireland

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rejh




eBooks


AlsoAvAilAble

Political Economy eBooksTaylor & Francis Political Economy eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

32


Political Economics: Public Economics

EnvironmEntal and agricultural Economics

3rd Edition

Environmental Economics and Natural Resource ManagementDavid A. Anderson, Centre College, Kentucky, USA

The tools of environmental economics guide policymakers as they weigh development against nature, present against future, and certain benefits against uncertain consequences. From reluctant-but-necessary calculations of the value of life, to moral quandaries over profits at the environment’s expense, the models and findings explained in this textbook are

relevant to today’s more pressing dilemmas.

The third edition of Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management retains the application-based narratives and visual emphasis of the second edition, while covering the latest policy initiatives, following recent trends, and becoming even more user friendly. An expanded array of color photographs, diagrams, and other visual aids provide new perspectives on global environmental and resource issues.


• efficiency and cost-benefit analysis

• natural resource management

• globalization

• environmental ethics

• population growth and poverty.

This fascinating textbook will be invaluable to students undertaking courses in environmental economics, ecological economics, and environmental and resource economics. The book includes an online Instructor’s Guide with answers to all the practice problems as well as downloadable slides of figures and tables from the book.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Building a Foundation 1. The Big Picture 2. Efficiency and Choice 3. Market Failure 4. The Role of Government 5. Trade-offs and the Economy Part 2: Issues and Approaches 6. Environmental Quality 7. Energy 8. Sustainability 9. Population, Poverty, and Economic Growth 10. Biodiversity and Valuation 11. International and Global Issues Part 3: Policy and Procedure 12. Perspectives on Environmental Policy 13. Natural Resource Management: Renewable Resources 14. Natural Resource Management: Depletable and Replenishable Resources 15. Environmental Dispute Resolution 16. Morals and Motivation

April 2010: 246 x 189: 448ppHb: 978-0-415-77904-3: £115.00Pb: 978-0-415-77905-0: £39.99eBook: 978-0-203-85555-3


Political Economy: Public Economics

2nd Edition

Public Finance in Theory and PracticeHolley H. Ulbrich, Clemson University, USA

Public Finance in Theory and Practice is the most accessible introduction to public finance and public economics available and is any student’s first stop for the key tenets of the field including public goods and externalities, taxation, provision for health and education and the analysis of government’s role in the economy. Features new to this edition include:

• an expansion of material covering the international scene, with Australia, Canada, India and the United Kingdom under the microscope

• the influence of behavioral and new institutional economics on the world of public finance

• greater coverage of issues such as debt and deficit and an increased analysis of the centrality of budgets

• the impact of asset bubbles on public revenue

• increased analysis of health and defense as key areas of government spending.

With the accession to power in the United States of an administration promising to take a more active role in the economy, now is the time to take stock of how far this process should proceed. Ulbrich’s book is the perfect guide to the changing world of public finance.

May 2012: 246 x 174: 464ppHb: 978-0-415-58596-5: £110.00Pb: 978-0-415-58597-2: £40.00


Cost-Benefit Analysis Cases and MaterialsEuston Quah, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore and Raymond Toh, Singapore Ministry of Transport

Cost-Benefit Analysis is the systematic and analytical comparing of benefits and costs when assessing the desirability of a project or programme. It is therefore a cornerstone of public finance and government decision-making.

This book highlights the key concepts and principles of cost-benefit analysis as applied in the real world. As well as large scale construction and transport projects, the impact of cost-benefit analysis on a range of social programmes, health, education and the environment is also examined. Undertakings analyzed include:

• the Three Gorges Dam in China

• the 2008 Beijing Olympics

• the Costs of Global Warming

• the Jamuna Bridge in Bangladesh.

The case studies, many of which have taken or are to take place in developing countries provide a rich background to the principles of the method, and are accompanied by a wealth of explanatory material. As well as being suitable for courses in Cost-Benefit Analysis, Public Finance, Environmental and Health Economics, the books should be of interest to all public policy decision makers and planners.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-55880-8: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-56226-3: £31.99


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

l Education EconomicsEditor: Steve Bradley, Lancaster University, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cede

33



Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics

Agricultural MarketingStructural Models for Price Analysis

James Vercammen, University of British Columbia, Canada

The price of food has become very volatile in recent years for a variety of reasons, including a strengthened connection between the prices of agricultural commodities and other commodities such as oil and metals, more volatile production due to more frequent droughts and floods, and a rising demand for biofuels. Understanding the determinants of agricultural

commodity prices and the connections between prices has become a high priority for academics and applied economists who are interested in agricultural marketing and trade, policy analysis and international rural development.

This book builds on the various theories of commodity price relationships in competitive markets over space, time and form. It also builds on the various theories of commodity price relationships in markets that are non-competitive because processing firms exploit market power, private information distorts commodity bidding, and bargaining is required to establish prices when the marketing transaction involves a single seller and buyer. Each chapter features a spreadsheet model to analyze a particular real-world case study or plausible scenario, and issues considered include:

• the reasons for commodity price differences across regions

• the connection between the release of information and the rapid adjustment in a network of commodity prices

• the specific linkage between energy and food prices

• bidding strategies by large exporters who compete in import tenders.

The simulation results that are obtained from the spreadsheet models reveal many important features of commodity prices. The models are also well suited for additional ’what if’ analysis such as examining how the pattern of trade in agricultural commodities may change if shipping becomes more expensive because of substantial increase in the world price of oil.

Model building and the analysis of the simulation results is a highly effective way to develop critical thinking skills and to view agricultural commodity prices in a rigorous and unique way. This is an ideal resource for economics students looking to gain develop skills in the areas of Agricultural Marketing, Commodity Price Analysis, Models of Commodity Markets, Quantitative Methods and Commodity Futures Markets.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Prices Over Space 3. Prices Over Time (Storage) 4. Prices Over Time (Commodity Futures) 5. Prices Over Form (Quality) 6. Prices Linkages Across Commodity Markets 7. Marketing Margins in Vertical Supply Chains 8. Auctions and Competitive Bidding 9. Bargaining in Bilateral Exchange

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-48043-7: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-48044-4: £35.99


4th Edition

Agribusiness Management Jay T. Akridge, Freddie L. Barnard, Frank J. Dooley and John C. Foltz, all at University of Idaho, USA

A rapidly changing, international, high-technology, consumer-oriented world is the environment in which today’s food and agribusiness managers operate. That challenging environment has been further complicated by increased volatility in input and commodity prices, increased challenges in obtaining borrowed funds, and reduced profit margins. This fourth edition of Agribusiness Management will be written to better prepare students and managers for a successful career in this exciting, challenging and dynamic industry.

The basic objective of the text is to provide students and managers with a fundamental understanding of the key concepts needed to successfully management businesses, while adding value to farm products and/or providing inputs to production agriculture. Although there are many concepts in the book that apply to farm and production agriculture business management, the text is focused on the food and input supply sectors of the food production and marketing system.

May 2011: 246 x 174: 624ppHb: 978-0-415-59695-4: £110.00Pb: 978-0-415-59696-1: £44.99


Forestry EconomicsA Managerial Approach

John E. Wagner, State University of New York, USA

Forestry Economics introduce students and practitioners to all aspects of the management and economics of forestry. The book adopts the approach of managerial economics textbooks and applies this to the unique processes and problems faced by managers of forests.

The book includes several distinguishing features:

• whereas most books concentrate solely on production, this text also covers recreation and other aspects of forest management

• international real world case studies that provide a clear view of how managerial decisions impact on the industry

• a concentration on the nuts and bolts of decision-making, through use of cost-benefit analysis, supply and demand, capital budgeting and risk.

The examples used come from the areas of outdoor and commercial recreation, wood products engineering, forest products and large scale timber production. Each section is underpinned by the quetsion of how to use economic information to make better business decisions.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Production Function/System 2. Costs 3. Revenues 4. Profits 5. Demand and Supply 6. Market Equilibrium and Structure 7. Capital Theory: Investment Analysis 8. Capital Theory: The Forest Rotation Problem 9. Capital Theory: Risk 10. Forest Taxes 11. Assessment of Non-Market Outputs

June 2011: 234 x 156: 344ppHb: 978-0-415-77440-6: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-77476-5: £33.99


2nd Edition

Economics of Agricultural DevelopmentGeorge W. Norton and Jeffrey Alwang, both at Virginia Tech, USA and William A. Masters, Purdue University, USA

The globalization of goods, services and capital for agriculture is fundamental to the future of developing countries and has major implications for the fight against poverty and sustainability of the environment. In recent years, agriculture has once again returned to a position of centre stage as food price volatility has led countries to re-examine their development strategies.

This new edition of the essential textbook in the field builds on the 2006 original and reflects the following developments:

• the increased impact of climate change

• issues affecting agricultural markets such as bio-fuels, the rise in farm prices and energy costs

• the move to higher valued agricultural products.

The book contains a wealth of real world case studies and is now accompanied by a website that includes powerpoint lectures, a photo bank and a large set of discussion and exam questions.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Dimensions of World Food and Development Problems 1. Introduction 2. Poverty, Hunger and Nutitition 3. Economics of Food Demand 4. Population Part 2: Development Theories and the Role of Agriculture 5. Economic Transformation and Growth 6. Development Theories and Growth Strategies Part 3: Agricultural Systems and Resource Use 7. Agriculture in Traditional Societies 8. Agricultural Systems and Their Determinants 9. Resource Use and Sustainability 10. Human Resources, Family Structure, and Gender Roles Part 4: Getting Agriculture Moving 11. Theories and Strategies for Agricultural Development 12. Research, Extension, and Education 13. Land and Labour Markets 14. Input and Credit markets 15. Pricing Policies and Marketing Systems Part 5: Agricultural Development in an Interdependent World 16. Agriculture and International Trade 17. Trade Policies, Negotiations and Agreements 18. Macroeconomic Policies and Agricultural Development 19. Capital Flows, Foreign Assistance, and Food Aid 20. Lessons and Perspectives

2009: 234 x 156: 480ppHb: 978-0-415-49264-5: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-49424-3: £33.99eBook: 978-0-203-85275-0


VIEW ANY

product online


listing

34



Elements of Ecological EconomicsJan Otto Andersson and Ralf Eriksson, both at Åbo Akademi, Finland

Elements of Ecological Economics provides a comprehensive introduction to the field of ecological economics, an interdisciplinary project trying to give answers to the problems related to the overexploitation of the earth’s resources today. These include the problems of global warming (the greenhouse effect) and the overuse of the seas (e.g. overfishing). The

book also gives an exposition of the closely related problems of global welfare and justice.


• the general policy perspective required by sustainability

• economic growth in a historical perspective

• sustainability conceptions and measurement within ecological economics

• economics and ethics of climate change

• global food security

• the state of the seas on earth and locally (the Baltic Sea).

As an introductory-level text the book will be useful to undergraduate students taking basic courses in economics and related fields, and will be comprehensible to anyone interested in environmental problems. Through the separate chapters on the problems of climate change, sustainable food production, and the overuse of the seas, the reader will easily see the practical relevance to the theoretical concepts presented and used in the book.

Selected Contents: 1. The Global Ethical Trilemma 2. Economic Growth and Human Development 3. Ethics and Ecological Economics 4. Environmental Economics 5. Ecological Economics: The Science of Sustainability 6. The Economics and Ethics of Climate Change 7. Global Food Security 8. Man and the Seas: The Oceans and the Baltic Sea 9. Growth and Degrowth: Is Another Economy Possible?



Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics

Series edited by Nick Hanley, University of Stirling

As well as the core discipline of environmental economics, the remit of Routledge Explorations in Environment Economics extends to natural resources, ecological economics, environmental studies and environmental science, with issues explored including energy, permit trading, valuation, taxation and climate change.

Valuation of Regulating Services of EcosystemsMethodology and Applications

Edited by Pushpam Kumar and Michael D. Wood, both at University of Liverpool, UK

The valuation of regulating services is an evolving field of ecological economics. In this book, Dr. Pushpam Kumar and Dr. Michael D. Wood have invited some of the foremost international experts in the field of ecosystem services valuation to contribute chapters on the valuation of regulating services and highlight some of the main obstacles to the implementation and acceptance of these

methodologies in the context of decision-making.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Concepts 1. An Introduction to the Valuation of Regulating Services Pushpam Kumar and Michael D. Wood 2. Valuing Ecosystem Services: Benefits, Values, Space and Time Brendan Fisher, Ian Bateman and R. Kerry Turner 3. Ecosystem Services: Managing Trade-Offs between Provisioning and Regulating Services Thomas Elmqvist, Magnus Tuvendal, Jagdish Krishnaswamy and Kristoffer Hylander 4. The ’Ecosystem Service Framework’: A Critical Assessment R. David Simpson Part 2: Methodological Applications 5. Evaluating the Economic Impacts of Water Harvesting in Burkina Faso Rodney B.W. Smith, Laura A. Hildreth and Kimsey Savadago 6. Accounting for Regulating Services Karl-Göran Mäler, Sara Aniyar and Åsa Jansson 7. Valuation of Ecosystem Services in Coastal Ecosystems: Asian and European Perspectives Premachandra Wattage 8. Valuing the Storm Protection Services of the Mangroves: Methodological and Data Challenges Saudamini Das 9. European Forests and Carbon Sequestration Services: An Economic Assessment of Climate Change Impacts Helen Ding, Paulo A.L.D. Nunes and Sonja Teelucksingh 10. Valuing the Services of Coral Reef Systems for Sustainable Coastal Management: A Case Study of the Gulf of Kachchh, India Arun M. Dixit, Lalit Kumar, Pushpam Kumar and Kinjal Pathak Part 3: Synthesis 11. Institutions and Ecosystem Functions: The Case of Keti Bunder, Pakistan John M. Gowdy and Aneel Salman 12. Valuation of Ecosystem Services: Methods, Opportunities and Policy Implications Nicolas Kosoy, Makiko Yashiro, Carlota Molinero and Anantha Duraiappah 13. Conclusions on the Valuation of Regulating Services: Current Status and Future Perspectives Pushpam Kumar and Michael D. Wood

June 2010: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-56987-3: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84760-2


Optimal Control of Age-Structured Populations in Economy, Demography, and the EnvironmentEdited by Raouf Boucekkine, Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium, Natali Hritonenko, Prairie View A&M University, USA and Yuri Yatsenko, Houston Baptist University, USA

This book covers a wide range of topics within mathematical modelling and the optimization of economic, demographic, technological and environmental phenomena. Each chapter is written by experts in their field and represents new advances in modelling theory and practice. These essays are exemplary of the fruitful interaction between theory and practice when

exploring global and local changes.

September 2010: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-77651-6: £90.00eBook: 978-0-203-84455-7


Forests and DevelopmentLocal, National and Global Issues

Philippe Delacote, Laboratoire d’Economie Forestière, Nancy, France

This book is a fully up to date study of the major issues facing forest conservation and the forestry industry taking into account developments at local, national and global levels. Central to the analysis is the plight of tropical forests in the developing world but rather than employ a broad brush and imprecise approach, Delacote makes use of the invaluable mathematical economics to produce a range of interesting conclusions.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Forests and Development 2. Local Issues: Forests and People 3. National Issues: Forest Management, Corruption and Illegal Logging 4. Global Issues: Citizen Consumption

November 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-49815-9: £80.00


Environmental Policies for Air Pollution and Climate Change in the New EuropeCaterina De Lucia, University of York, UK

This book presents an integrated approach to recent regulations on air pollution with particular emphasis on transborder air pollution, climate change and energy policies in the new Europe.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. European Air Pollution Regulation 3. A Case Study on Modelling Transboundary Air Pollution Policy in an Enlarged Europe 4. Market Based Approach to Air Pollution and Climate Change 5. New EU Policy Initiatives for Air Pollution and Climate Change



Proposalsifyouhaveanideaforanewbookintheareapleasecontactususingthedetailsfoundatthefrontofthecatalog.

Forguidanceonhowtostructureyourproposalpleasevisit:

www.routledge.com/info/authors

35



Participation in Environmental OrganizationsBenno Torgler, Queensland University of Technology, Australia, Maria A. Garcia-Valiñas, Toulouse School of Economics, LERNA-INRA, France and Alison Macintyre, Queensland University of Technology, Australia

This book analyzes the determinants of environmental participation and its consequences in different parts of the world, focusing on whose values are forwarded through voluntary activities and how far voluntary participation is representative.

June 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-44631-0: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84994-1


Ecosystem Services and Global Trade of Natural ResourcesEcology, Economics and Policies

Edited by Thomas Köllner, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology

The aim of this book is to show how the increase in international trade of biophysical commodities can damage global ecosystems and their services, how those damages can be accounted for in Life Cycle Assessment and Green National Accounting and how instruments in the public and private sector can help to achieve a more sustainable global trade. The focus is on the global ecosystem impact of traded products due to land use, freshwater use and use of marine environments.

Selected Contents: 1. Society’s Dependence on Global Ecosystem Services Gretchen Daily and Kai Chen 2. Globalization and Governance of Human-Environment Systems Roland W. Scholz 3. International Trade Policies and Ecosystem Services David Blandford 4. Virtual Land Use Embodied in Traded Goods and Services Thomas Köllner and Manel van der Sleen 5. Virtual Water Embodied in Global Trade of Agricultural and Industrial Products Hong Yang and Sascha Zehnder 6. Global Trade of Fish Products Lisa Deutsch and Carl Folke 7. Impacts of Land Use on Ecosystem Services Jonathan A. Foley 8. Impacts of Freshwater Water Use on Ecosystem Services Johan Rockström 9. Impacts of Fisheries and Aquaculture on Ecosystem Services Jane Lubchenco 10. Life Cycle Assessment and Ecosystem Services Thomas Koellner, Manuele Margni, Ruedi Müller Wenk, Stefanie Hellweg and Stephan Pfister 11. Land and Ecosystem Services Accounts of the European Union Jean-Louis Weber 12. International Payments for Ecosystem Services IPES Fulai Scheng, Benjamin Simmons and Anantha Duraiappah 13. Fair Trade, Environmental Labels, Bans and Ecosystem Services Ulrike Grote 14. Compensation of Ecosystem Services in the Private Sector Thomas Köllner 15. International Biodiversity Off-sets in the Private Sector Kerry ten Kate and Josh Bishop 16. The Forest-Carbon Partnership Facility The World Bank 17. Linking Public Policies and Private Sector Instruments to Sustainably Manage Global Ecosystem Services Stefanie Engel and Thomas Köllner

July 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-48583-8: £80.00


Preference Data for Environmental ValuationCombining Revealed and Stated Approaches

Edited by John Whitehead, Appalachian State University, USA, Tim Haab, Ohio State University, USA and Ju-Chin Huang, University of New Hampshire, USA

The monetary valuation of environmental goods and services has evolved from a fringe field of study in the late 1970s and early 1980s to a primary focus of environmental economists over the past decade. Despite its rapid growth, practitioners of valuation techniques often find themselves defending their practices to both users of the results of applied studies and,

perhaps more troubling, to other practitioners.

One of the more heated threads of this internal debate over valuation techniques revolves around the types of data to use in performing a valuation study. In the infant years of the development of valuation techniques, two schools of thought emerged: the revealed preference school and the stated preference school, the latter of which is perhaps most associated with the contingent valuation method. In the midst of this debate an exciting new approach to non-market valuation was developed in the 1990s: a combination and joint estimation of revealed preference and stated preference data.

There are two primary objectives for this book. One objective is to fill a gap in the nonmarket valuation ’primer’ literature. A number of books have appeared over the past decade that develop the theory and methods of nonmarket valuation but each takes an individual nonmarket valuation method approach. This book considers each of these valuation methods in combination with another method. These relationships can be exploited econometrically to obtain more valid and reliable estimates of willingness-to-pay relative to the individual methods. The second objective is to showcase recent and novel applications of data combination and joint estimation via a set of original, state-of-the-art studies that are contributed by leading researchers in the field. This book will be accessible to economists and consultants working in business or government, as well as an invaluable resource for researchers and students alike.



Sustainable EnergyEdited by Klaus D. John, Technical University of Chemnitz, Germany and Dirk Rübbelke, Basque Centre for Climate Change, Bilbao, Spain

Renewable energy is seen as an effective means to address several problems simultaneously, including climate change, exploitation of non-renewable resources, the high volatility of energy prices on the global markets, dependency on fuels from politically unstable countries (energy-insecurity) and the transfer of wealth to these countries.



Permit Trading in Different ApplicationsEdited by Bernd Hansjürgens, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research, Germany, Ralf Antes, Martin-Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg, Germany and Marianne Strunz, KfW Bankengruppe, Germany

This book analyzes the current picture for permit trading: one of the most influential environmental instruments to emerge in recent times. Its possibilities and limits, its successful design options and its restrictions will all be placed under the microscope, with a focus not only on “traditional” fields of application including air quality and climate policy, but new and emerging fields in which permit trading has been brought to bear: biodiversity, land use policy, water policy amongst them.

Selected Contents: 1. Emissions Trading in Air Quality Management and Climate Policy 2. Permit Trading in Land Use Management 3. Water Trading and Water Quality Trading 4. Overarching Design Options 5. Synthesis and Conclusions

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-55122-9: £80.00


The Cooperation Challenge of Economics and the Protection of Water SuppliesA Case Study of the New York City Watershed Collaboration

Joan Hoffman, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, USA

How can we build the institutions that will promote the cooperation needed to meet our intertwined environmental and economic needs? Efforts to meet these twin goals in New York City’s watershed collaborations offer some guidance. The experience provides lessons in addressing scattered sources of pollution, encouraging environmentally compatible economic development, and coping with conflicts that are part of the collaboration process. It also yields insights into what we need to work effectively towards sustainable economic development.



36



Environmental Efficiency, Innovation and Economic PerformancesEdited by Anna Montini, University of Bologna, Italy and Massimiliano Mazzanti, University of Ferrara, Italy

This volume brings together microeconomics studies on firms’ eco and economic performance both in the industrial and service sector; by considering a sector based perspective rooted mainly in the exploitation of NAMEA data; at regional level, and a macroeconomic analysis of the environment, income and welfare.

June 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-47852-6: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-85041-1


The Taxation of Petroleum and Minerals: Principles, Problems and PracticeEdited by Philip Daniel, Michael Keen and Charles McPherson, all at International Monetary Fund, USA

Oil, gas and mineral deposits are a substantial part of the wealth of many countries, not least in developing and emerging market economies. Harnessing some part of that wealth for fiscal purposes is critical for economic development: in few areas of economic life are the returns to good policy so large, or mistakes so costly.

Selected Contents: Preface Dominique Strauss-Kahn 1. Introduction Part 1: Conceptual Overview 2. Theoretical Perspectives on Resource Tax Design Robin Boadway and Michael Keen 3. Principles of Resource Taxation for Low-Income Countries Paul Collier Part 2: Sectoral Experiences and Issues 4. Petroleum Fiscal Regimes: Evolution and Challenges Carole Nakhle 5. International Mineral Taxation: Experience and Issues Lindsay Hogan and Brenton Goldsworthy 6. Natural Gas: Experience and Issues Graham Kellas Part 3: Special Topics 7. Evaluating Fiscal Regimes for Resource Projects: An Example from Oil Development Philip Daniel, Brenton Goldsworthy, Wojciech Maliszewski, Diego Mesa Puyo and Alistair Watson 8. Resource Rent Taxes: A Re-Appraisal Bryan Land 9. State Participation in the Natural Resources Sectors: Evolution, Issues and Outlook Charles McPherson 10. How Best to Auction Natural Resources Peter Cramton Part 4: Implementation 11. Resource Tax Administration: The Implications of Alternative Policy Choices 12. Resource Tax Administration: Functions, Procedures and institutions Jack Calder 13. International Tax Issues for the Resources Sector Peter Mullins Part 5: Stability and Credibility 14. Contractual Assurances of Fiscal Stability Philip Daniel and Emil Sunley 15. Time Consistency in Petroleum Taxation: Lessons from Norway Petter Osmundsen

April 2010: 234 x 156: 480ppHb: 978-0-415-56921-7: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-78138-1: £14.20eBook: 978-0-203-85108-1


Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics

Carbon Responsibility and Embodied EmissionsTheory and measurement

João F.D. Rodrigues, Instituto Superior Técnico, Lisbon, Portugal, Tiago M.D. Domingos and Alexandra P.S. Marques, Instituto Superior Técnico (IST), Lisbon, Portugal

This book investigates environmental indicators accounting for indirect emissions (as embodied in international trade) within the framework of input-output analysis and introduces an indicator of environmental responsibility derived from consumer and producer responsibility, i.e. upstream emissions embodied in final demand and downstream emissions embodied in primary inputs.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Accounting Indirect Emissions 3. Carbon Indicators 4. Carbon Responsibility 5. Multi-Regional IO Model 6. Carbon Responsibility of World Regions 7. Discussion



Environmental Social Accounting MatricesTheory and applications

Pablo Martínez de Anguita, University Rey Juan Carlos, Madrid. and John E. Wagner, State University of New York, USA

In this book Professors Pablo Martínez de Anguita and John E. Wagner put two disciplines together, regional and ecological economics, presenting a way to understand ecological economic concerns from a regional perspective, and providing a mathematical tool to measure their interrelationships. This book offers different regional economic models that explicitly include the role of the natural resources and pollutants in economic regions through the use of Social Accounting Matrixes and Input-output models.

The main objective of this book is to explore Input-output and Social Accounting Matrix (SAM) models by expanding the accounts to include natural resources and the environment. The proposed models in this book incorporate the forest and other natural resources and pollutants as a component in a larger model of how the economy and environment of larger areas interact. This book will be of interests to postgraduates, researchers and scientists in the fields of regional, resource, environmental, or ecological economics.



Beyond ReductionismA Passion for Interdisciplinarity

Edited by Katharine Farrell, University of Aarhus, Denmark, Sybille van den Hove, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain and Tommaso Luzzati, University of Pisa, Italy

This book constitutes a state of the art assessment of ecological economics as well as its likely future direction. The tone is defiantly pluralistic and inclusive and the contributors include many of the leading names in the field including Richard Norgaard, Arild Vatn and Malte Faber.

Selected Contents: Introduction: What is Reductionism and Why do we Need to Move Beyond it? Part 1: The Idea of ‘Ecological Economics’ 1. The Shape of the Field Joan Martínez-Alier 2. The Enduring Case for Methodological Pluralism Richard Norgaard 3. The Corruptions of Elite Folk Sciences Jerome Ravetz and Samuel Randalls 4. Cutting a Path Beyond Reductionism Mary E. Clark Part 2: Life after Reductionism 5. Building a Career in the Epistemological no Man’s Land Malte Faber 6. Ecofeminism Ariel Salleh, Mary Mellor and Vandana Shiva 7. The Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research: Conducting Ecological Economics within an Interdisciplinary Research Institute Irene Ring 8. Multi-scale Integrated Assessment Kozo Mayumi, Mario Giampietro and Jesus Ramon-Martin Part 3: Into the Woods: Mapping the Challenges 9. Institutional Factors in the Organisation of Interdisciplinary Research Jouni Paavola 10. What Lies Beyond Reductionism? Katharine Farrell, Sybille van den Hove and Tommaso Luzzati 11. Epistemelogical and Institutional Issues for the Future Arild Vatn and Richard Norgaard

August 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-47014-8: £80.00


The Metabolic Pattern of SocietiesWhere Economists Fall Short

Mario Giampietro, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain, Kozo Mayumi, University of Tokushima, Japan and Alevgül H. Sorman, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain

It is increasingly evident that the conventional scientific approach to economic processes and related sustainability issues is seriously flawed. No economist predicted the current planetary crisis even though the world has now undergone five severe recessions primed by dramatic increases in the price of oil.

This book presents the results of more than twenty years of work aimed at developing an alternative method of analysis of the economic process and related sustainability issues: it is possible to perform an integrated and comprehensive analysis of the sustainability of socio-economic systems using indicators and variables that have been so far ignored by conventional economists.

The performance of modern economies across different hierarchical levels of organization (household, individual business, economic sectors, national, and international level) and across different disciplinary knowledge systems (demographic, economic, biophysical, and ecological analysis) is fully analyzed and a more realistic measure of happiness and well being devised.

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58953-6: £85.00


37



The Economic Value of LandscapesEdited by Wim Heijman, and Martijn van der Heide, both at Wageningen University, the Netherlands

In The Economic Value of Landscapes, the authors analyze the central concept of ‘Landscape Economics’. Some attention has been paid to the idea within existing economic fields, such as ecological economics and the more traditional environmental (and resource) economics but this has generally been fragmented and certainly lacking an overarching relational framework, or consistent and systematic analysis. This book addresses this gap in the literature.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-56328-4: £90.00


The Good Governance of FisheriesA North Sea Case Study

Liza Griffin, University of Westminster, UK

This book examines the discourse and practice of ‘good governance’. It explores this relatively new, but increasingly important governing paradigm through the thorny and fascinating case of European Union fisheries management. In doing this, the book also tests some of the seldom questioned assumptions and axioms that are contained within governance theory, and policy documents about the forms and processes that policymaking under the so-called ‘turn to governance’ now takes.

Selected Contents: 1. Plenty More Fish in the Sea? 2. Sea Change: The North Sea Crisis, the Common Fisheries Policy and its Good Governance Reforms 3. Fisheries and the Principles of Good Governance: Tensions and Contradiction 4. All aboard: Fisheries Stakeholders, Governance and Power: Redrawing the Boundaries of Participation 5. Fish Scales: Rescaling and Scale Jumping in the North Sea 6. Red Herrings & The Politics of Scale 7. Reflections, Theorisations and Conclusions

March 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-48623-1: £80.00


Hybrid Economic-Environmental AccountsValeria Costantini, University of Rome III, Italy, Massimiliano Mazzanti, University of Ferrara, Italy and Anna Montini, University of Bologna, Italy

National Accounting Matrices of Environmental Accounts (NAMEA) tables are used to analyze a range of environmental pressures and economic data resulting from consumption and production patterns – helping us gain a far better notion of the consequences of individuals’, households’ and firms’ actions for the world we live in. This book examines the impact of these undertakings so far, as well as the methodology underpinning them.

Selected Contents: 1. The NAMEA and Other Frameworks (IPAT, EKC) 2. Economic Analyses of NAMEA, Delinking Assessment and (Sector) Competitiveness 3. The Role of NAMEA as a Possible Framework for Analysing Sustainable Consumption and Production Related Indicators in National and International Contexts 4. Integrating NAMEA with Other Sets of Data 5. From NAMEA to RAMEA 6. Policy and Value added for the European Union

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59421-9: £75.00


From Bioeconomics to DegrowthGeorgescu-Roegen’s ’New Economics’ in Eight Essays

Nicolas Georgescu-Roegen

Edited by Mauro Bonaiuti, University of Bologna, Italy

Nicolae Georgescu-Roegen (1906-1994) is considered today as perhaps the chief founder of the transdisciplinary field today known as Ecological Economics, but that he defined himself as Bioeconomics. In his later years Georgescu-Roegen intended to write a book of this title that would systematize what he considered to be the most significant results of his work. This project intends to resume this project, publishing a collection of the most relevant Georgescu-Roegen essays on Bioeconomics, including previously unpublished papers.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Mauro Bonaiuti 2. The Entropy Law and the Economic Problem 3. Energy and Economic Myths 4. The Steady State and the Ecological Salvation: A Thermodynamic Analysis 5. Inequality, Limits and Growth from a Bioeconomic Viewpoint 6. Energy Analysis and Economic Valuation 7. Bioeconomics and Ethics 8. Feasible Recipes Versus Viable Technologies 9. Quo vadis homo sapiens-sapiens 10. From Bioeconomics to Degrowth Mauro Bonaiuti



Greening the EconomyIntegrating Economics and Ecology to Make Effective Change

Robert B. Williams, Guilford College, USA

’Bob Williams has written an insightful, clear, and up to date book that brings economics and ecology together in a fruitful way. Highly recommended!’ - Herman E. Daly, University of Maryland, USA

’Greening the Economy breaks new ground in articulating the critical relationships between ecosystem services upon which our lives depend and the difficult policy choices that must be made to restore and preserve those services. The book offers concrete local examples and a fresh roadmap to policymakers, academics, and citizens interested in market-based solutions to environmental challenges.’- Trip Van Noppen, President, Earthjustice

Drawing on both economics and ecology, this book offers telling insights into the confusing ’jobs versus environment’ debates as well as charts a recommended path towards a more co-habitable relationship. Avoiding the extreme views that economic growth will either destroy or save our natural environment, this book takes a more discriminating stance and illuminates why our nation’s natural environment is both better and worse than forty years ago.

Selected Contents: 1. Dueling Paradigms 2. Our Precious Endowment 3. Understanding our Natural Endowment 4. A Tale of Two Energy Crises 5. Dysfunctional Markets 6. Nature as Guide 7. Closing the Materials Loop 8. Shifting Back to Renewable Energy Sources 9. Economic Succession 10. Economic Resiliency 11. Conclusion

July 2010: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-57056-5: £90.00eBook: 978-0-203-85044-2


Socioeconomic and Environmental Impacts on Agriculture in the New EuropePost-Communist Transition and Accession to the European Union

S. Serban Scrieciu, United Nations Environment Programme, Paris, France.

’The book offers a very good understanding of the issues and the literature’- Matthew Gorton, University of Newcastle, UK

’...excellent work and interesting book… includes a great account of how to make small scale farms acceptable and profitable’- Ekin Birol, University of Newcastle, UK

’...offers a very useful perspective which I have not seen elsewhere’- Mieke Meurs, American University, USA

’...the author makes an insightful analysis of the potential evolution of agriculture-environment interactions... Additionally, the author offers an astute discussion on the future of small scale farming in the new EU member states’ - Luiza Toma, Scottish Agricultural College, UK

This book looks at agriculture and the environment, placed within the dynamic context of post-communist societal change and entry into the European Union (EU). Scrieciu explores developments in eleven Central and Eastern European (CEE) countries and argues for agriculture’s natural place in these societies. The history of these countries is significant in how it has shaped the institutions and influenced the outcomes.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: A Development Issue 2. A Story of Communism and Rural Societies 3. Post-Communist Economic Dynamics of Agricultural Systems 4. Transition and Transformations in the Agriculture--Nature Nexus 5. Common Agricultural Policy Reforms and European Union Enlargement 6. European Union Integration Implications for Farm Economies in Central and Eastern Europe 7. Environmental Impacts of Accession to the Common Agricultural Policy 8. Small Scale Vulnerable Farms and Agricultural Cooperation 9. Conclusions and a Possible Way Ahead

March 2011: 216 x 138: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-47588-4: £75.00





eBooks


AlsoAvAilAble

Environmental and Agricultural Economics eBooksTaylor & Francis Environmental and Agricultural Economics eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

38



Sustainable DevelopmentCapabilities, Needs, and Well-being

Edited by Felix Rauschmayer, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research, Germany, Ines Omann, Sustainable Europe Research Institute, Austria and Johannes Frühmann, Sustainable Europe Research Institute, Austria

This groundbreaking new work establishes links between sustainable development, needs, well-being, and the capabilities approach that is central to human development and the United Nations Development Programme. By challenging the role of people in sustainability policy, this collection’s argument refocuses sustainable development on needs and makes it easier for people to relate positively to its core values. This exciting new book incites a whole new way of looking at sustainable development.

Selected Contents: Preface: The Death and Rebirth of Economics Manfred Max-Neef 1. Needs, Capabilities, and Quality of Life: Refocusing Sustainable Development Felix Rauschmayer, Ines Omann and Johannes Frühmann 2. The Overshadowing of Needs John O’Neill 3. Sustainability as a Challenge to the Capability Approach Ortrud Leßmann 4. From Individual Well-Being to Sustainable Development: A Path Where Psychologists and Economist Meet Sophie Spillemaeckers, Luc Van Ootegem and Gerben J. Westerhof 5. The Life-Chances Concept: A Sociological Perspective on Equity and Sustainable Development Paul-Marie Boulanger 6. Human Needs Frameworks and Their Contribution as Analytical Instruments in Sustainable Development Policy-Making Ivonne Cruz 7. A Plea for the Self-Aware Sustainability Researcher: Learning from Business Transformation Processes for Transitions to Sustainable Development Felix Rauschmayer, Tell Muenzing and Johannes Frühmann 8. Transition Towards Sustainable Development: Which Tensions Emerge? How To Deal With Them? Ines Omann and Felix Rauschmayer



Waste and RecyclingTheory and Empirics

Takayoshi Shinkuma, Kansai University, Japan and Shunsuke Managi, Tohoku University, Japan

Waste generation, source reduction and recycling are matters of concern in today’s world. The book discusses how economics can contribute to solve environmental problems and studies the waste reduction and recycling problems both theoretically and empirically, covering not only traditional resource economics and waste management, but also recent problem of Electric waste (E-waste) and recycling.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Industrial Waste Market 3. Creating the Market for Household Waste and Extended Producer Responsibility 4. First-best Economy: Comparisons between a Disposal Fee Policy and EPR-based Policies 5. The Second-best Policy for Recycling Household Waste 6. The Durability of Goods and the Right Recycling Policy for Household Waste 7. International Trade of Waste and Environmental Pollution 8. The Effects of Introducing EPR Policies in Developed Countries on International Trade, the Environment, and Social Welfare 9. The Effectiveness of the Basel Convention 10. The Policies Adopted in China and India and the International Trade Policy 11. Conclusions

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58985-7: £100.00


International Political EconomyDebating the Past, Present and Future

Edited by Nicola Phillips, University of Manchester, UK and Catherine Weaver, University of Texas at Austin, USA

’This is an excellent book, edited by Phillips and Weaver, two of the field’s rising stars and increasingly prominent voices of measured, productive debate. Phillips and Weaver have framed the controversy over the transatlantic divide in IPE with a smart, thoughtful introduction and brought together an outstanding collection of

essays on the state of IPE. The editors have produced a volume of required reading for the next several generations of students and scholars.’ - Rawi Abdelal, Harvard Business School, USA

The book gathers together a set of lively, provocative essays by leading voices in International Political Economy to debate the evolution of the field, its current state and its future directions.

Featuring contributions from the most influential scholars in the field from North America, Canada and the UK, this book is essential reading for anyone interested in the cutting edge debates in contemporary international political economy.

Selected Contents: Introduction Nicola Phillips and Catherine E. Weaver Section 1: Perspectives on the ’American School’ of IPE 1. The American School of IPE Daniel Maliniak and Michael J. Tierney 2. The Old IPE and the New Robert O. Keohane 3. TRIPS across the Atlantic: Theory and Epistemology in IPE David A Lake 4. Ontology, Methodology, and Causation in the American School of IPE Henry Farrell and Martha Finnemore 5. Of Intellectual Monocultures and the Study of IPE Kathleen R. McNamara 6. The Slow Death of Pluralism Nicola Phillips 7. The ’American School’ of IPE? A Dissenting View Randall Germain 8. Beware What you Wish For: Lessons for IPE from the Transformation of Economics Robert Wade 9. Mid-Atlantic: Sitting on the Knife’s Edge Peter J. Katzenstein Section 2: Perspectives on the ’British School’ of IPE 10. THe ’British School’ in the Global Context Robert Cox 11. Torn Between Two Lover? Caught in the Middle of British and American IPE Mark Blyth 12. IPE’s Split Brain Catherine E. Weaver 13. Political Economy, the ’US School’, and the Manifest Destiny of Everyone Geoffrey R.D. Underhill 14. Do the Left-Out Matter? Craig N. Murphy 15. Pluralist IPE: A View from Outside the ’Schools’ Helge Hveem 16. Division and Dialogue in Anglo-American IPE: A Reluctant Canadian View Eric Helleiner 17. The Proof of the Pudding is in the Eating: IPE in the Light of the Current Crisis of 2007/8 Ronen Palan Section 3: The Future of IPE 18. Mantras, Bridges and Benchmarks: Assessing The Future of IPE Jason Sharman 19. The Second Crisis in IPE Theory Jonathan Kirshner 20. The Gift of Skepticism and the Hopeful Future of IPE Louis Pauly 21. The Richness and Diversity of Critical IPE Perspectives: Moving Beyond the Debate on the ’British School’ Ian Bruff, Magnus Ryner and Bastiaan van Appeldoorn 22. The Global Financial Crisis: Lessons and Opportunities for International Political Economy Layna Mosley and David Singer 23. Towards a New Consensus: From Denial to Acceptance Benjamin J. Cohen

September 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-78056-8: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-78057-5: £26.99eBook: 978-0-203-84250-8


The Planet in 2050The Lund Discourse of the Future

Edited by Jill Jäger and Sarah Cornell, University of Bristol, UK

This collection explores four broad sectoral themes: energy and technologies; development, economies and culture; environment; and land use change. By doing so, this book emphasises the importance of a social dialogue on our collective future, and our responsibility to the Earth. It makes strong statements about what needs to happen to the global economy for a sustainable future and documents a new kind of scholarly discussion, engaging people from diverse knowledge communities in a spirit of exploration and reflexivity.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. The Lund Meeting and the Production of This Book 2. Developing a Vision for the Planet 3. The Starting Point – Planet 2010 4. The Vision of 2050 5. Pathways between 2010 and 2050 6. Back to the Reality of 2010 and the Challenges Ahead

November 2010: 216 x 138: 128ppHb: 978-0-415-59000-6: £75.00eBook: 978-0-203-83812-9


Europe’s Green RevolutionThe Rise and Fall of Peasant-Friendly Plant-Breeding, 1890-1945

Jonathan Harwood, University of Manchester, UK


’This book makes the connection between European agricultural history and the experience of developing countries, and shows how fascinating, informative, and revealing the linkage can be.’ - Paul Brassley, University of Exeter, UK

This book focuses on the development of public-sector plant-breeding in Germany from the nineteenth century through its fate under National Socialism, arguing that peasant-friendly research has an important role to play in future Green Revolutions.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Europe’s own Green Revolution 2. The Emergence of Peasant-Friendly Plant-Breeding Stations 3. The Work of the South German Stations 4. ‘Success Breeds Trouble: The Controversy over Public-Sector Breeding, 1902-1933’ 5. The Fate of Public-Sector Plant-Breeding under National Socialism 6. Revisiting the Green Revolution 7. What are the Implications for Future Green Revolutions?

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-59868-2: £85.00


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

ls Agrekon (co-published with UNISA Press)Editor: N. Vink, University of Stellenbosch, South Africa

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ragr

Food Economics - Acta Agriculturæ Scandinavica CEditor: Mogens Lund, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/sagc

39



Political Economy of the EnvironmentSimon Dietz, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK, Jonathan Michie, Oxford University, UK and Christine Oughton, Birkbeck, University of London, UK


This book is the culmination of several years work by a group of academics, policy-makers and other professionals looking to understand how alternative economic thinking – and indeed thinking from quite different social-scientific disciplines – could enhance the mainstream economic approach to environmental and natural-resource problems. Of the editors, Dietz comes from the mainstream economics tradition, while Michie and Oughton draw explicitly on institutional and evolutionary economics. The various authors represent a range of disciplinary backgrounds and approaches. This book draws on the strengths of each and all of these approaches to analyse environmental issues and what can be done to tackle these through corporate and public policy.

Selected Contents: 1. Environmental Challenges of the 21st Century and the Need for Interdisciplinary Political Economy Simon Dietz, Jonathan Michie and Christine Oughton Part 1: Foundations 2. Climate Change: Lessons for Our Future from the Distant Past David F. Hendry 3. Managerial, Institutional and Evolutionary Approaches to Environmental Economics: Theoretical and Policy Implications Jonathan Michie and Christine Oughton 4. Behavioural Economics: Seven Key Principles for Environmental Policy Emma Dawnay and Hetan Shah 5. The Whole Systems Approach in Ecological Economics Terry Barker Part 2: Innovation 6. Systems of Innovation: National, Regional and Technological Innovation Systems Timothy Foxon 7. Policy Support for Environmental Innovation Timothy Foxon 8. A Paradigm Shift in Economics: Endogenous Technological Change in Economic Models of Climate Change Policy Jonathan Köhler 9. Modeling Biased Technical Change: Implications for Climate Policy Carlo Carraro, Enrica de Cian and Lea Nicita Part 3: Sustainability 10. Confronting Consumption: Challenges for Economics and for Policy Tim Jackson 11. Social and Psychological Drivers of Energy Consumption Behaviour and Energy Transitions Lorraine Whitmarsh 12. Management of North Sea Fisheries Prashant Vaze



Energy, Bio Fuels and DevelopmentComparing Brazil and the United States

Edited by Edmund Amann, University of Manchester, UK, Werner Baer, University of Illinois, Urbana Champaign, USA and Don Coes, University of New Mexico, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics

This collection examines the important and topical issue of the economic, social and environmental implications of concerted attempts to diversify energy sources away from fossil fuels. The book expertly examines this issue by focussing on the contrasting experiences of two major economies; one developed, and the other a rapidly expanding, emerging market.



Environment and EconomyMolly Scott Cato, University of Wales Institute, UK

Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment

As environmental issues move to the centre of the political debate, more attention is being focused on the role our economy has played in creating the ecological crisis, and what a sustainable economy might look like. In spite of the success of the environmental movement in drawing attention to the crisis facing us, there has been comparatively little attention focused on the way the

operation of the global economy contributes to this crisis.

Environment and Economy provides a stimulating introductory insight into the history of thinking that has linked the economy and the environment. It begins by introducing readers to the pioneers of this field, such as Fritz Schumacher and Paul Ehrlich, who first drew attention to the disastrous consequences for our environment of our ever-expanding economy. Part II of the book describes the main academic responses to the need to resolve the tension between economy and environment: environmental economics, ecological economics, green economics, and anti-capitalist economics. Part III is structured around key themes including an introduction to economic instruments such as taxes and regulation; pollution and resource depletion; growth; globalisation vs. localisation; and climate change. Each key issue is approached from a range of different perspectives, and working policies are presented in detail.

Written in an accessible style, this introductory text offers students with an engaging account of the way that the various traditions of economic thought have approached the environment, bringing them together for the first time in one volume. The text is complimented by boxes, case studies and recommended reading for each theme addressed. It will be of value to students interested in environmental sciences, geography, green issues and economics.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Setting the Scene 1. Introduction: An Economy within the Environment 2. The Whistle-Blowers Part 2: Economic Schools and the Environment 3. Neoclassical Economics 4. Environmental Economics 5. Ecological Economics 6. Green Economics 7. Anti-capitalist Economics Part 3: Issues and Policies 8. A Range of Policy Approaches 9. Economic Growth 10. All that the Earth Provides: The Economics of Resources 11. Pollution 12. Globalisation vs. Localisation 13. Climate Change 14. Markets or Commons 15. Conclusion: Is it the Economy? Are We Stupid?

January 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-47740-6: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-47741-3: £21.99eBook: 978-0-203-83415-2


4 Volume Set

Agricultural EconomicsEdited by Gail L. Cramer, Louisiana State University, USA


The application of the principles of economics to the production of crops and livestock—and to land usage more generally—is a well-established and flourishing area of research and study, and this new four-volume collection in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Economics, meets the need for an authoritative, up-to-date, and comprehensive reference work synthesizing its voluminous literature. Indeed, the sheer scale of the research output—and the breadth of the field—makes this collection especially welcome. It answers the need for a comprehensive collection of classic and contemporary contributions to facilitate ready access to the most influential and important scholarship from a wide range of theoretical and practical perspectives.

Agricultural Economics is edited by Gail L. Cramer, a leading scholar in the field. The collection is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the material in its intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research resource.

Selected Contents: Volume I: Production Economics Volume II: Resource and Environmental Economics Volume III: Agribusiness, Marketing, and Consumption Economics Volume IV: Agricultural Policy, International Trade, and Development Economics

October 2010: 234 x 156: 1712ppHb: 978-0-415-54745-1: £650.00


4 Volume Set

Urban and Regional EconomicsEdited by Philip McCann, University of Reading, UK and University of Waikato, New Zealand


Urban and regional economics encompasses both the economics of geography and spatial economics to focus on the growth, behaviour, and economic performance of cities and regions. Over the last two decades, urban and regional economics has grown dramatically—both as a taught subject and as an active research area—and as work in the subdiscipline flourishes as never before, this new four-volume collection from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output.

The collection, part of Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series, is edited by Philip McCann, author of the leading textbook in the field. He has carefully organized the collection to give users not only a thorough understanding of current ideas, but also a detailed exploration of the origin and development of these critical concepts to situate them within a number of rich analytical research traditions.

Urban and Regional Economics is fully indexed and includes a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor. It is an essential collection destined to be valued by urban and regional economists—and those working in cognate areas—as a vital research resource.

May 2011: 234 x 156: 1600ppHb: 978-0-415-48774-0: £725.00


40


Economic history

Economic history

5th Edition

Growth of the International Economy, 1820-2010George Kenwood, Alan Lougheed and Michael Graff, all at University of Queensland, Australia

Kenwood and Lougheed’s classic book has been the benchmark introduction to the development of the global economy for half a century. For this new, fifth edition, Michael Graff has helped bring the story up to date to include events of the early part of the twenty first century – continued globalization, the emergence

of China and India as economic powers and the greater role played by business on the international scene.

Beginning with the industrial revolution, the book charts the long nineteenth century, the impact of colonialism, the fast pace of technology growth and the impact of global wars. New features to this edition include:

• a new chapter providing the initial conditions faced by the world economy in 1820, detailing the early years of industrialization and the influence of the slave trade

• greater coverage of developing countries, in particular as certain of those countries have risen to prominence and greater influence

• increased coverage of World Wars I and II and greater coverage of the twentieth century in particular.

This edition of Growth of the International Economy provides the student with a clear understanding of those factors which have been instrumental in creating the economic environment we face two hundred years after the industrial revolution.

October 2011: 246 x 174: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-47609-6: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-47610-2: £36.99


An Economic History of Ireland Since IndependenceAndy Bielenberg and Raymond Ryan, both at University College Cork, Ireland


This book traces the evolution of the Irish economy since independence looking at how the state sought to shape, regulate and deregulate economic activity to deal with the challenges posed by the wider international environment.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Agriculture 2. Industry 3. Services 4. External Trade 5. Labour, Demography & Productivity 6. Investment & Credit 7. Policies, Institutions and Partnership. Conclusion

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-56694-0: £90.00


Routledge Explorations in Economic History

Series Edited by Lars Magnusson, Uppsala University, Sweden

German Immigration and Servitude in America, 1709-1914Farley Grubb, University of Delaware, USA

This book provides the most comprehensive history of German migration to North America for the period 1709 to 1835 than has been done before, employing state-of-the-art methodological and statistical techniques.

Selected Contents: Part 1: German Immigration to America, 1709-1820 A. The Migration Experience: Magnitudes, Causes, Conveyances, and Conditions 1. The Flow of Immigrants 2. The Transatlantic Shipping Market 3. Morbidity and Mortality on the North Atlantic Passage B. Immigrant Characteristics and Human Capital 4. Age, Occupational, and Family Compositions 5. Literacy: Longitudinal Patterns and Market Forces 6. The Age Structure of German Immigrant Literacy 7. Educational Choice in the Era before Free Public Schooling: German Immigrant Children in Pennsylvania, 1771-1817 Part 2: German Immigrant Servitude in America, 1729-1835 A. Patterns of Servitude among the Immigrants 8. The Incidence of Servitude in Transatlantic Migration, 1771-1804 9. Servant Auction Records, 1745-1831: The Proportion of Females among the Servants 10. The Occupational and Geographical Distribution of Servant Labor in the Delaware Valley 11. Redemption Servitude B. The Market for German Immigrant Servants 12. Servant Contract Choice and Shipper Profits 13. The Auction of German Immigrant Servants in Philadelphia, 1771-1804 14. Debt Shifting within German Immigrant Families C. The End of German Immigrant Servitude in America, 1784-1835 15. Introduction: Processing German Servants at the Port of Philadelphia, 1817-1832 16. The Disappearance of Organized Immigrant Servant Markets: Five Popular Explanations Re-Examined 17. The Collapse of the German Immigrant Servant Market: Timing and Causes 18. Conclusions

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61061-2: £85.00


Labour-Intensive Industrialization in Global HistoryEdited by Gareth Austin, London School of Economics, UK and Kaoru Sugihara, Kyoto University, Japan

This volume calls for a major rethinking of our understanding of industrialization for global history, by bringing the East Asian experience of ‘labour-intensive’ industrialization into focus and, thereby, reinterpreting both the western experience of ‘capital-intensive’ industrialization and the equally distinctive experiences of countries in other regions of Asia and in Africa and Latin America.

February 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-45552-7: £75.00


Bengal Industries and the British Industrial Revolution (1757-1857)Indrajit Ray, University of North Bengal, India

Although Bengal industries were globally dominant on the eve of the industrial revolution, no detailed literature is available about their later course of development. A series of questions are involved in it. Did those industries decline during the spells of British industrial revolution? If yes, what were their reasons? If not, the general curiosity is: On which merits could those industries survive against the odds of the technological revolution? A thorough discussion on these issues also clears up another area of dispute relating to the occurrence of deindustrialization in Bengal, and the validity of two competing hypotheses on it, viz. i) the mainstream hypothesis of market failures, and ii) the neo-marxian hypothesis of imperialistic state interventions.



The Standard of Living and Revolutions in Imperial Russia, 1700-1917Boris Mironov, St. Petersburg State University, Russia

Edited by Gregory Freeze, Brandeis University, USA

Routledge is proud to publish the first full-scale anthropometric history of Imperial Russia; Mirinov mobilizes an immense volume of archival material to chart chart how the standard of living in Russia changed over slightly more than two centuries.

Selected Contents: 1. The Standard of Living in Imperial Russia: Russian and Foreign Historiography 2. Historical Anthropometrics: Goals, Theory, Methodology 3. Historical Anthropometrics in Russia and Abroad 4. Anthropometric Databases 5. The Biological Status of the Russian Population in the Eighteenth Century 6. The Biological Status of the Russian Population in the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries 7. The Geography of Biological Status 8. Case Study: Saratov Province, 1755-1915 9. Nutrition, Health, and Biological Status 10. Prices and Wages 11. Contemporary Views of the Standard of Living 12. Modernization of Russia and the Standard of Living. Conclusion

November 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60854-1: £85.00


Port-Cities and their HinterlandsMigration, Trade and Cultural Exchange from the Early Seventeenth-Century to 1939

Edited by Robert Lee, University of Liverpool, UK

In this book key scholars in the UK, Europe, the US and Japan, focus on the determinants of port-hinterland linkages and the significance of trade, migration and cultural exchange as fields of interaction between ports and their hinterlands.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58052-6: £85.00


41


Economic history

Monetary and Banking HistoryEssays in Honour of Forrest Capie

Edited by Geoffrey Wood, Cass Business School, City University, London, UK, Terence Mills, Loughborough University, UK and Nicholas Crafts, University of Warwick, Coventry, UK


Under the editorship of Geoffrey Wood, Terence Mills and Nicholas Crafts, this book brings together a stellar line of contributors – including Charles Goodhart, Harold James, Michael Bordo, Barry Eichengreen and Charles Calomiris. The book analyses many of the mainstream themes in economic and financial history – monetary policy, international financial regulation, economic performance, exchange rate systems, international trade, banking and financial markets – where historical perspectives are considered important. The current wave of globalisation has stimulated interest in many of these areas as ‘lessons of history’ are sought. These themes also reflect the breadth of Capie’s work in terms of time periods and topics.

Selected Contents: Preface Mervyn King. Introduction Nicholas Crafts, Terence Mills and Geoffrey Wood Part 1: Writing History 1. The Commissioned Historians of the Bank of England Charles Goodhart 2. The New Monetary and Financial History Barry Eichengreen Part 2: Crisis Management 3. English Financial Markets in the 1830s: Information Networks, Risk Assessment and Banking Crisis Michael Collins and Mae Baker 4. Implementing Bagehot’s Rule in a World of Derivatives: The Banque de France as a Lender of Last Resort in the Nineteenth Century Eugene White 5. Banking Crises and the Rules of the Game Charles Calomiris Part 3: Money and Interest Rates 6. Money and Interest Rates in the United States during the Great Depression Peter Basile, John Landon-Lane and Hugh Rockoff 7. Two and a Half Centuries of British Interest Rates, Monetary Regimes and Inflation Terence Mills and Geoffrey Wood 8. Monetary Aggregates Restored? Capie and Webber Revisited Alec Chrystal and Paul Mizen Part 4: Implications of Economic Integration 9. Does the Euro Need a Fiscal Union? Some Lessons from History Michael Bordo, Lars Jonung and Agnieszka Markiewcz 10. Making a Central Bank Without A State Harold James 11. Openness, Protectionism and Britain’s Productivity Performance Over the Long-Run Stephen Broadberry and Nicholas Crafts 12. The Price-cost Mark-up in the UK: A Long-run Perspective Nichoals Crafts and Terence Mills



Reappraising State-Owned EnterpriseEdited by Franco Amatori, Bocconi University, Italy, Robert Millward, University of Manchester, UK and Pier Angelo Toninelli, University of Milan-Bicocca, Italy

Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History

Does state-owned enterprise once again have a future? The collection of essays in this volume – prepared by some of the leading authorities in the field – offers a contribution to this debate by providing a balanced assessment of two of the most relevant experiences of mixed economies, the United Kingdom and Italy. As different as they are with regard to timing and background, a comparison between the two countries can nevertheless offer precious insights.

February 2011: 6 x 9: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-87832-6: £70.00


An Economic History of Organized CrimeA National and Transnational Approach

Dennis M.P. McCarthy, Iowa State University, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Crime and Economics

Organized crime is a growing international phenomenon and, as it intersects with terrorism, an increasingly dangerous force. Organized crime has been studied from the perspectives of many scholarly disciplines, and there is a massive literature on the topic created by academics, journalists, government officials, and the criminals themselves. Surprisingly, while economists and historians have written about organized crime, there is no international economic history on the subject. This book redresses the balance.

In this book, Dennis M.P. McCarthy asks two major questions. What can economic history tell us about organized crime – its origins, rise, spread, and decline, or strengthening and weakening? And are there things in the history of organized crime that might help us better understand its present and future? With a range of case studies, the author looks at various issues in the economic history of organized crime, including organization, social environment, underground economy, government and ‘the twilight zone’ – the intersection of the legal and underground economy.

May 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-48796-2: £70.00


The Great DepressionEdited by Geoffrey E. Wood, Cass Business School, City University, London, UK and Forrest Capie


As research in and around the Great Depression flourishes as never before this new addition to Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in scholarly output. Edited by two leading scholars in the field, this new Routledge Major Work is a five-volume collection of classic and cutting-edge contributions.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Some Classic Texts Part 2: The United States Part 3: UK and Europe Part 4: General and Rest of World

December 2010: 234 x 156: 2187ppHb: 978-0-415-57351-1: £850.00


The German Economy in the Twentieth CenturyThe German Reich and the Federal Republic

Hans-Joachim Braun, Helmut-Schmidt Universität, Hamburg, Germany


First published in 1990, this book traces the logic and the peculiarities of German economic development through the Weimar Republic, Third Reich and Federal Republic, providing a comprehensive analysis of the period. The book also assesses controversial issues, such as the origins of the Great Depression; the primacy of politics or economics in the decision to invade Poland and the future risks to the Weltmeister economy of the Federal Republic oppressed by unemployment; the huge debts of some of its trading partners; and the possibility of worldwide protectionism.

Selected Contents: Part 1: 1870-1948 1. The Economy of the Kaiserreich 1871-1914 2. The First World War 3. Reparations and Inflation 4. Relative Stabilisation 5. The Great Depression 6. The National Socialist Economy 7. The Second World War 8. The Post-War Economy 1945-1948 Part 2: The Federal Republic of Germany 1949-1985 9. Economic Growth and Fluctuations 10. Economic Doctrine and Policy 11. Public Finance 12. Capital and Labour 13. Structural Change 14. Foreign Trade

November 2010: 216 x 138: 294ppHb: 978-0-415-60959-3: £75.00


The Development of the Economies of Continental Europe 1850-1914Alan Milward, European University Institute, Italy

Edited by S.B. Saul


This work, first published in 1977, is a reissue of a trailblazing work; the first textbook of economic history to deal comprehensively with the economic development of the whole continent in this period and to do so from a continental rather than a British perspective. But it is more than merely a textbook: it is an interpretative synthesis of the wide range of research on this subject in many countries. As such it will be an indispensable guide for teachers and will extend and improve the scope of teaching by making available for the first time in English the results of continental research.

In addition, it is a work of fundamental interest to economists in which theories and hypotheses of economic development are now examined in a much wider historical context. In this way the book is an exploration of the objective validity of earlier theories and the starting point for further research into economic development and european history. The work covers the continental development of the German and French economies after 1870 and then in that context analyses the development of the smaller western economies. It then considers the relatively underdeveloped economies of eastern and southern Europe and includes the first attempt at a synthesis of economic development before 1914 in the Balkans. It concludes with an analysis of the international economy and its relationship to the economic development of the continent.

January 2011: 216 x 138: 576ppHb: 978-0-415-61613-3: £95.00


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

l Scandinavian Economic History ReviewEditors: Lars Magnusson, Uppsala University, Sweden and Mats Morell, Stockholm University, Sweden

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/sehr

42


industrial, labour and businEss Economics


Modern Labour EconomicsPeter Sloane, Paul Latreille, Nigel O’Leary and Philip Murphy, all at Swansea University, UK

Labour economics as a discipline has changed dramatically in recent years. Gone are the days of a ’job for life’. These days, firms and employees are part of a less regulated, more fluid, and more international labour market and knowledge, training, human resource development and human capital are all major factors on the contemporary scene.

This new textbook is the first properly international textbook to reflect these swingeing changes. Its key areas of concentration include:

• the increasing importance of human capital including education and occupational choice

• the major subdivision of personnel economics including economic inactivity and absenteeism

• comparative cross country studies and the impact of globalization and migration on national labour markets

• equal opportunities and issues of discrimination on the basis of race, gender and disability.

Other issues explored include the supply and demand of labour, wages, the current role of trade unions and working time. The book is written in a clear, accessible way with some mathematical exposition, reflecting the text’s grounding in current microeconomic theory.

November 2011: 246 x 174: 576ppHb: 978-0-415-46980-7: £105.00Pb: 978-0-415-46981-4: £31.99


The Economics of Urban Property MarketsAn Institutional Economics Analysis

Paschalis Arvanitidis, University of Thessaly, Greece


Innovative and cutting-edge, this book is a cohesive analysis and synthesis of a wide range of factors that determine the regional development of cities.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Property Market and Urban Dynamics: A Conceptual Framework 2. Philosophies of Social Sciences and Analytical Frameworks in Economic Thought 3. Urban Economic Transformation and Property Market Analysis 4. Methodological Developments I: Philosophical Position and Conceptual Framework 5. Methodological Developments II: The Research Approach Part 2: The Madrid Property Market: An Illustrative Case Study Analysis 6. A Property Market Approach to Urban Economic Growth 7. The Wider Institutional Environment of Madrid 8. The Property Market as Institution Part 3: Synthesis 9. Overview and Conclusions

July 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-42682-4: £75.00


2nd Edition

eCommerce EconomicsDavid VanHoose, Baylor University, USA

This second edition of eCommerce Economics addresses the economic issues associated with using computer-mediated electronic networks, such as the Internet, as mechanisms for transferring ownership of or rights to use goods and services. After studying this book, students will recognize problems that arise in the electronic marketplace, such

as how to gauge the competitive environment, what products to offer, how to market those products, and how to price those products. They also will understand the conceptual tools required to evaluate the proper scope of public policies relating to electronic commerce.

Core topics covered in the book include the underpinning of electronic commerce and the application of basic economic principles, including the theories of perfect and imperfect competition, to the electronic marketplace. Building on this foundation, the book discusses virtual products, network industries, and business strategies and conduct. Additional key topics include Internet advertising, intellectual property rights in a digital environment, regulatory issues in electronic markets, public sector issues, online banking and finance, digital cash, international electronic trade, and the implications of e-commerce for aggregate economic activity.

Selected Contents: 1. Foundations of Electronic Commerce 2. Applying Basic Economic Principles to Electronic Commerce 3. Imperfect Competition, Virtual Products, and Network Industries 4. Business Strategies and Conduct in the Electronic Marketplace 5. Searching for Information in Electronic Markets 6. eCommerce Intermediaries and Two-Sided Markets 7. Internet Advertising 8. Innovation, Intellectual Property Rights, and the Internet 9. Public Policy Issues in Electronic Markets 10. Internet Regulation and Net Neutrality 11. The Public Sector and the Electronic Marketplace 11. The Economics of Online Banking and Finance 12. Electronic Commerce and the World Trading System 13. The Economics of Online Banking and Finance 14. The Electronic Marketplace and Aggregate Economic Activity 14. Digital Money and Aggregate Economic Activity



Economic Fundamentals of Power Plants PerformanceAlmas Heshmati, Korea University


The book analyzes the efficiency differences among generators, plants and business units by using different performance measurement methods and a comprehensive sensitivity analysis.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Korean Electricity Industry 3. Market Structure of Industry 4. Global Trends in Electricity Industry and Energy Consumption 5. Methodologies in Analysis 6. Efficiency Analysis of Electricity Generation 7. Efficiency and Productivity of the Korean Electricity Market 8. Database 9. Data Analysis and Policy Implications 10. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61004-9: £100.00


Managing Sport FinanceRobert J. Wilson, Sheffield Hallam University, UK

All good managers working in sport need to have a clear understanding of the principles of finance and accounting. Whether working in the private, public or voluntary sectors, a firm grasp of the basic concepts and techniques of financial management is essential if a manager is to make effective decisions and to implement those decisions successfully. Managing Sport Finance is the first book to offer a comprehensive introduction to financial management and accounting specifically designed for managers working in sport.

The book assumes no prior knowledge of finance or accounting on the part of the reader. It clearly and succinctly guides the reader through each key concept and practical technique, including:

• balance sheets

• income statements

• costing systems and decision making

• investment appraisal

• budgeting and budgetary control

• double entry bookkeeping

• funding for sport

• interpreting annual reports.

Using a rich variety of case studies, examples and data from the real world of sport management, the book places each concept into a managerial context, ensuring that the reader understands why that concept is important and how best to employ each technique. Each chapter also contains a range of useful features, including chapter introductions, learning objectives, activities, summaries, review questions and further reading. This is the most useful, comprehensive and accessible introduction to financial management for sport currently available and is essential reading for any student of sport management or sport development.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Financial Reporting 1. Financial Reporting in Context 2. The Context of Financial Accounting 3. The Mechanics of Financial Accounting 4. Accounting Records in Sport 5. From ‘T’ Accounts to Financial Statements; Constructing a Trial Balance 6. Final Adjustments in Sport 7. The Financial Statements 8. Annual Reports 9. Interpreting Annual Reports Part 2: Financial Management 10. Understanding the Nature of Cost in Sport 11. Short Term Decision Making 12. Budgeting and Budgetary Control 13. Investment Appraisal and Long Term Decision Making 14. Sport Funding and Finance

February 2011: 246 x 174: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-58179-0: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-58180-6: £29.99


Freight Transport and the Modern EconomyMichel Savy, University of Paris XII, France and June Burnham, University of Middlesex, London


This book presents the transport of freight as a system, mixing information and theory, so as to show how it itself functions and its strong influence on a wide economic and social environment.

Selected Contents: 1. The Nature of Transport 2. The Mobility of Goods 3. The Production of Transport 4. The Freight System: The Role of Companies 5. The Freight System: The Role of the Public Authorities 6. Conclusion: The Future of Freight Transport

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-57750-2: £85.00


43



4th Edition

Flying Off CourseAirline Economics and Marketing

Rigas Doganis, Consultant to the airline industry

Flying Off Course has established itself over the years as the indispensable guide to the inner workings of this exciting industry. This enlarged fourth edition, largely re-written and completely updated, takes into account the sweeping changes which have affected airlines in recent years. It includes much new material on many key topics such as airline costs, ‘open skies’ , air cargo

economics, charters and new trends in airline pricing.

It also contains two exciting new chapters on the economics of the low-cost no frills carriers and on the future prospects of the industry.

The book provides a practical insight into key aspects of airline operations, planning and marketing within the conceptual framework of economics. It is given added force by the author’s hands-on former experiences as a Chairman and CEO of Olympic Airways and as a non-executive Director of South African Airways while he is currently a non-executive Director of easyJet.

2009: 246 x 174: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-44736-2: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-44737-9: £31.99eBook: 978-0-203-86399-2


New Models of Regional InnovationTransversality

Philip Cooke, Cardiff University, UK


Leading up to the financial crisis of 2008 and onwards, the shortcomings of traditional models of regional economic and environmental development had become increasingly evident. Rooted in the idea that ‘policy’ is an encumbrance to free markets, the stress on supply-side smoothing measures such as clusters and an over reliance on venture capital, the inadequacy of existing orthodoxies has come to be replaced by the notion of Transversality.

This approach has three strong characteristics that differentiate it from its failing predecessor. First, as the name implies, it seeks to finesse horizontal knowledge interactions as well as vertical ones, thus building ‘platforms’ of industrial interaction. Secondly, it is not a supply, but a demand side model in which needs-driven innovation rather than pure market competition prevails. Finally, it is ongoing through recessionary times, being more robust than over-specialised approaches to economic growth.

The intellectual origins of Transversality lie in an aspiration to promote eco-innovation, one of the key hopes of assisting Western regional and national economies to re-balance and escape recession. The policy models of key regional exponents of the concept are explored and their goals achievement is assessed. An array of policy instruments and measures is presented for hands-on policy implementation.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60375-1: £75.00


Airline eCommerceMichael Hanke, MHeco Consulting, USA

Online travel is big business and has become one of the most popular items purchased by consumers on the internet. In 2005, US$106 billion was spent on online travel products and services with air travel alone accounting for over US$65 billion or sisty per cent. This represents almost a quarter of the total worldwide business-to-consumer (B2C) online spending.

A variety of contributing factors is responsible for this development:

• first, the emergence of the internet and specifically the worldwide web and their commercial applications in the mid 1990s

• second, a change in the behavior of consumers who through inexpensive internet access and growing familiarity with easy-to-use technology today shop 24/7 from anywhere in the world

• third, airline companies use the internet not only as a new platform to service, sell and market but – by cutting traditional supply channels and reaching directly to the end consumer - also to realize cost savings in their distribution systems

• fourth, the arrival of new intermediaries in the form of internet travel agencies (such as Expedia and Opodo), network affiliates, and mass sales and marketing websites that distribute travel products to the public.

Considering the above, airline companies all over the world have integrated (or are in the process of doing so) electronic commerce or e-commerce into their business operations in various shapes and forms. Today, it is no longer a question of ’if’ for airline companies but ’how’ to deal with e-commerce and leverage it to enhance their competitiveness. This book explores these issues.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-77579-3: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-77580-9: £33.99


3rd Edition

Maritime EconomicsMartin Stopford, Clarkson Research Studies, London

For 5000 years shipping has served the world economy and today it provides a sophisticated transport service to every part of the globe. Yet despite its economic complexity, shipping retains much of the competitive cut and thrust of the “perfect” market of classical economics. This blend of sophisticated logistics and larger than life entrepreneurs makes it a unique

case study of classical economics in a modern setting.

The enlarged and substantially rewritten Maritime Economics uses historical and theoretical analysis as the framework for a practical explanation of how shipping works today. Whilst retaining the structure of the second edition, its scope is widened to include:

• lessons from 5000 years of commercial shipping history

• shipping cycles back to 1741, with a year by year commentary

• updated chapters on markets; shipping costs; accounts; ship finance and a new chapter on the return on capital

• new chapters on the geography of sea trade; trade theory and specialised cargoes

• updated chapters on the merchant fleet shipbuilding, recycling and the regulatory regime

• a much revised chapter on the challenges and pitfalls of forecasting.

With over 800 pages, 200 illustrations, maps, technical drawings and tables Maritime Economics is the shipping industry’s most comprehensive text and reference source, whilst remaining as one reviewer put it “a very readable book”.

Martin Stopford has enjoyed a distinguished career in the shipping industry as Director of Business Development with British Shipbuilders, Global Shipping Economist with the Chase Manhattan Bank N.A., Chief Executive of Lloyds Maritime Information Services; Managing Director of Clarkson Research Services and an executive Director of Clarksons PLC. He lectures regularly at Cambridge Academy of Transport and is a Visiting Professor at Cass Business School, Dalian Maritime University and Copenhagen Business School.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction to Shipping 1. Sea Transport in the Global Economy 2. The Economic Organization of the Shipping Market Part 2: Shipping Market Economics 3. Shipping Market Cycles 4. Supply, Demand and Freight Rates 5. The Four Shipping Markets Part 3: Shipping Company Economics 6. Costs, Revenue and Cashflow 7. Financing Ships and Shipping Companies 8. Risk, Return and Shipping Company Economics Part 4: Seaborne Trade and Transport Systems 9. The Geography of Maritime Trade 10. The Principles of Maritime Trade 11. Transport of Bulk Cargo 12. Transport of Specialised Cargoes 13. Transport of General Cargo Part 5: The Merchant Fleet and Transport Supply 14. The Ships that Supply the Transport 15. The Economics of Merchant Shipbuilding and Scrapping 16. The Regulation of the Maritime Industry Part 6: Forecasting and Planning 17. Maritime Forecasting and Market Research

2008: 246 x 174: 840ppHb: 978-0-415-27557-6: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-27558-3: £39.99eBook: 978-0-203-89174-2


rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

ls International Journal of the Economics of BusinessEditors: Eleanor J. Morgan, University of Bath, UK and H.E. Frech III, University of California, USA

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cijb

Economics of Innovation and New TechnologyEditor: Cristiano Antonelli, Dipartimento di Economia Salvatore Cognetti de Martiis, Italy

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/gein

Construction Management & EconomicsEditor-in-Chief: Will Hughes, University of Reading, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rcme

44



Routledge Studies in Global Competition

Embedded EntrepreneurshipThe Institutional Dynamics of Innovation

Alexander Ebner, Goethe University Frankfurt, Germany

This book reconstructs the theory of entrepreneurship from an institutionalist perspective, providing a fresh account of current theorising on entrepreneurship, specifically addressing Schumpeterian and Neo-Schumpeterian thought.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Entrepreneurship in Economic Thought: An Intellectual History 3. The Schumpeterian Perspective: Novelty, Leadership, and Historicity 4. Neo-Austrian Contributions: Knowledge, Alertness and Discovery 5. The Evolutionary Challenge: Routines, Cognition and Variety 6. Beyond Growth and Development: Microfoundations of Economic Change 7. Neo-Schumpeterian Variations: Collective Entrepreneurship and Systems of Innovation 8. Innovation, Coordination, and the Paradigmatic Character of Entrepreneurship: A New Approach 9. Embedded Entrepreneurship: Policy Implications 10. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-45976-1: £80.00


Innovation and Economic CrisisLessons and Prospects from the Economic Downturn

Daniele Archibugi and Andrea Filippetti, both at Italian National Research Council, Rome

This book looks at the effects of the economic crisis on the innovation behaviours of firms and asks whether the crisis is a typical manifestation of the inherent instability of the capitalism system due to the very nature of technological change.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Capitalism and Crisis: Theory and Evidence 1. Innovation, Business Cycle and Long Waves: A Theoretical Framework 2. The Very Nature of the Crisis: Three Hypothesis: Financial Bailout, Economic Imbalances or Technological Cycle? Part 2: Is the European System of Innovation at Risk? The Effects of the Crisis Across the European Countries 3. The Good News: The Convergence of Innovation Performance across the European Countries 4. The Bad News: The Asymmetric Effects of the Crisis across European Countries Part 3: The Uneven Impact of the Crisis across Countries: Some Explanations 5. Varieties of Capitalism and the Impact of the Crisis: An Institutional Explanation 6. The Role of National Innovation System and the Short-Term Macroeconomic Fluctuations in Explaining the Different Impact of the Crisis on the Countries Part 4: The Effect of the Crisis on the Firms’ Innovation Behaviors 7. The Crisis and the Innovation Behaviors of Firms: Creative Accumulation vs. Creative Destruction 8. Are There Any Differences between Innovation in Manufacturing and Innovation in Services? 9. Conclusions: Policy Implications and Prospects

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60228-0: £85.00


Epistemic Economics and OrganizationForms of Rationality and Governance for a Discovery Oriented Economy

Anna Grandori, Bocconi University, Italy

The book integrates inputs from behavioural science with insights and models from the philosophy of knowledge and of economics to consider the problem of valid knowledge construction and effective knowledge governance in the modern economy.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Micro-Foundations: From Bounded to Epistemic Rationality 1. ‘Models of man’ Revisited 2. The ‘Epistemic Man’: Heuristics for Innovation Part 2: Contracts and the Theory of the Firm: From the Governance of Transactions to the Governance of Knowledge and Discovery 3. Contract Theory and the Theory of the Firm Revisited 4. Contracts of Society and Collective Discovery 5. Entrepreneurial and Individual Firms Part 3: Organization Design: From Discrete Structural Alternatives to Generative Design 6. Organization Design as Choice between Given Institutional Alternatives: A Critical Appraisal 7. The Discovery and Invention of New Organization Forms: Generative Design 8. Organization Forms for Discovery and Invention: The ‘Multimodal Organization’ Part 4: Conclusion: A Logic ‘Robustness’ for an Uncertain World 9. Multifunctionality, Multipurposedness and Robust Economic Organization

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-57565-2: £85.00


The Communications Industries in the Era of ConvergenceCatherine E.A. Mulligan, University of Cambridge, UK

This book provides an in-depth explanation of the different forces affecting the computing and telecommunications industries; Mulligan presents a clear and concise discussion of the major hot topics in the these industries today.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Introduction Part 2: Fundamentals of the Communications Industries 2. Fundamentals of the Communications Industries: Technical 3. Fundamentals of the Communications Industries: Economic Part 3: The Communications Industries Sectors 4. Semiconductors 5. Handsets / Terminals 6. Computing Industry 7. Network Vendors 8. Service Providers Part 4: The Converged Communication Industry 9. Towards a ’Converged Communications’ Industry 10. Future / Conclusions

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-58484-5: £85.00


Regional DevelopmentDiversities and Disparities

Ulrich Hilpert, Friedrich-Schiller Universität, Jena, Germany

In identifying the key elements of regional culture that impact upon socio-economic development, this informative text concentrates on the socio-industrial, research and political cultures and will have wide appeal to all those working in the social sciences.

May 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-37341-8: £75.00


2nd Edition

Managerial Economics A Strategic Approach

Robert Waschik, La Trobe University, Australia, Tim Fisher, University of Sydney, Australia and David Prentice, La Trobe University, Australia

Traditional microeconomic theory has much to offer a manager. It suggests ways to increase profits by setting prices and packaging services, using advertising to increase demand and shows how internet auction sites like eBay affect competition and profitability. By using game theory to present and solve a manager’s decision-making problems and by focusing on the strategic

nature of these problems, this text makes microeconomic theory much more intuitive and relevant for the business student.

The text is separated into four sections:

• basic microeconomic theory of the firm and the basic tools of game theory

• problems related to the strategic interaction between firms, including price and quantity competition and product differentiation

• issues arising from strategic interactions within the firm, including vertical and horizontal integration, training and motivating workers, and labour unions

• marketing economics including information problems, advertising, durable goods and the product life cycle.

This book will be suitable for any student with a background of introductory economics. An online supplement comprising of problems and solutions as well as PowerPoint slides is available for lecturers.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Theory 2. The Manager and the Firm 3. Monopoly and Perfect Competition 4. Price Discrimination 5. Game Theory Part 2: Strategic Interaction Between Firms 6. Strategy in a Market with Two Firms 7. Product Differentiation 8. Entry Deterrence and Accommodation 9. Government Regulation of Industries Part 3: Strategic Interaction within Firms 10. Vertical and Horizontal Integration 11. Labour Markets 12. Training and Motivating Workers 13. Trade Unions Part 4: Marketing Economics 14. The Role of Information 15. Advertising 16. Bundling 17. Durable Goods 18. Auctions 19. The Product Life Cycle. Answers to Odd-Numbered Problems



Enterprise Forms and Economic EfficiencyCapitalist, Cooperative and Government Firms

Kazuhiko Mikami, University of Hyogo, Japan


This book conducts a comparative study on the form of enterprise, focusing broadly on defined cooperative firms in comparison with conventional capitalist firms in the framework of standard microeconomic theory.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-61006-3: £95.00


45



Manufacturing in the New Urban EconomyWillem van Winden, Leo van den Berg, Luis Carvalho and Erwin van Tuijl, all at Erasmus School of Economics, the Netherlands


This book looks at the changing link between manufacturing and knowledge-based activities in urban regions drawing on insights from organization studies and regional economics and looking at case studies in Europe, South America and Asia.

Selected Contents: 1. Cities and Manufacturing: Setting the Scene 2. Manufacturing and Urban Development: A Frame of Analysis

3. Dortmund: Metal-Electro Sector 4. Eindhoven: Automotive Industry 5. Munich: Automotive Industry 6. Ostrava: Automotive Industry 7. Paris: Automotive Industry 8. Porto: Metal-Electro Sector 9. Rotterdam: Food Industry 10. Sao Paulo: Automotive Industry 11. Shanghai: Automotive Industry 12. Turku: Shipbuilding Industry 13. Synthesis: Conclusions and Recommendations



Handbook of Local and Regional DevelopmentEdited by Andy Pike, Newcastle University, UK, Andres Rodriguez-Pose, London School of Economics, UK and John Tomaney, Newcastle University, UK

The scope of this Handbook’s coverage and contributions engages with and reflects upon the politics and policy of how we think about and practise local and regional development, encouraging dialogue across the disciplinary barriers between notions of ‘local and regional development’ in the Global North and ‘development studies’ in the Global South.

This Handbook is organized into seven inter related sections, with an introductory chapter setting out the rationale, aims and structure of the Handbook. Section I situates local and regional development in its global context. Section II establishes the key issues in understanding the principles and values that help us define what is meant by local and regional development. Section III critically reviews the current diversity and variety of conceptual and theoretical approaches to local and regional development. Section IV address questions of government and governance. Section V connects critically with the array of contemporary approaches to local and regional development policy. Section VI is an explicitly global review of perspectives on local and regional development from Africa, Asia-Pacific, Europe, Latin America and North America. Section VII provides reflection and discussion of the futures for local and regional development in an international and multidisciplinary context.

November 2010: 246 x 174: 664ppHb: 978-0-415-54831-1: £125.00


2nd Edition

The Economics of TourismMike J. Stabler, University of Reading, UK, Andreas Papatheodorou, University of the Aegean, Greece and M. Thea Sinclair, University of Kent, UK

This new edition of the Economics of Tourism reflects the tremendous changes that have occurred in the tourism sector in the last twelve years. It recognizes that the nature of tourism demand and supply is being transformed by innovations in information communication technologies, market liberalization and climate change. Paralleling this, there is much greater interest in

the study of tourism by both students and researchers in mainstream economics.

The text is now in four parts covering: demand; supply; national, regional and international matters and environmental issues. The concluding chapter appraises the state of the economic research into tourism. The increased interest in tourism has engendered the development of new methods of analysis and the refinement of established ones. Accordingly, the book has been extensively restructured, revized and expanded with two new chapters: chapter six of the first edition is now broken down into two and a new chapter has been added on environmental issues to take account of new developments, critically review the associated literature and consider future trends in tourism economics research. The reader friendliness of the book has also been enhanced in various ways, such as the extensive chapter cross-referencing to refresh the reader’s memory and the inclusion of a detailed list of abbreviations.

The Economics of Tourism will continue to make accessible for the non-specialist, the application and relevance of economics to tourism. Extensively revised and updated, including research and case studies the textbook will be an indispensable resource for both students and researchers.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction and Demand Theory in Tourism 1. The Scope and Content of the Economics of Tourism 2. Microeconomic Foundations of Tourism Demand 3. Empirical Studies of Tourism Demand Part 2: The Economics of Tourism Supply 4. Microeconomics Foundations of Tourism Supply 5. The Economic Profile and Characteristics of the Tourism Sectors Part 3: The Economics of Tourism at a National, Regional and International Level 6. Tourism in a National and Regional Context 7. Tourism in an International Context Part 4: The Economics of Environmental Issues in Tourism and an Appraisal of the Economic Analysis of Tourism 8. Global Environmental Issues and Tourism 9. The Microeconomic Analysis of Environmental Issues 10. The Valuation of Resources and Environmental Policies 11. Whither the Economics of Tourism

2009: 234 x 156: 536ppHb: 978-0-415-45938-9: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-45939-6: £27.99


The Aging ConsumerPerspectives From Psychology and Economics

Edited by Aimee Drolet, University of California, Los Angeles, USA, and Norbert Schwarz and Carolyn Yoon, both at University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA

Series: Marketing and Consumer Psychology Series

At present, about 45 million Americans are over the age of 65, and by 2020, one out of every six Americans will be 65 or older. These statistics are reflective of a worldwide phenomenon in developing and developed countries alike unrivalled since the Industrial Revolution.

This edited volume, written by experts in many fields, examines the economic and psychological

research on how aging consumers behave, make decisions, and choose in the marketplace. The book takes stock of what is known, identifies gaps and open questions, and outlines an agenda for future research.

June 2010: 6 x 9: 328ppHb: 978-1-84872-810-3: £44.95Pb: 978-1-84872-811-0: £22.50


Prediction MarketsEdited by Leighton Vaughan Williams, Nottingham Trent University, UK


In this new volume, Leighton Vaughan-Williams presents the background and the theory and evidence pertaining to the rapidly growing area of prediction markets as well as some key contributions from leading experts in the field.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What are Prediction Markets and How Do They Work? 2. Review and Interpretation of the Existing Literature 3. How Can Prediction Markets be used in Decision-Making? 4. Market Efficiency and Biases in Prediction Markets 5. How Well Do Prediction Markets Perform Relative to Other Forecasting Methodologies? 6. Further Applications of Prediction Markets 7. Selection of Readings

September 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-57286-6: £90.00


Community FinanceTackling Poverty and Social Exclusion

Pamela Lenton and Paul Mosley, both at University of Sheffield, UK

Series: Routledge Advances in Social Economics

This book presents a detailed picture of the impact of financial measures against poverty in various cities and draws conclusions for policy. It will be required reading for all those interested in anti-poverty policy, financial markets and community development in Britain and internationally, whether as sponsors, CDFI managers, members of NGOs or researchers.

April 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-46039-2: £80.00


46



The Media EconomyAlan B. Albarran, University of North Texas, USA

Series: Media Management and Economics Series

The Media Economy analyzes the media industries and their activities from macro to micro levels, using concepts and theories to demonstrate the role the media plays in the economy as a whole. Representing a rapidly changing and evolving environment, this text breaks new ground through its analysis from two unique perspectives:

• examining the media industries from a holistic

perspective by analyzing how the media industries function across different levels of society (global, national, household and individual)

• looking at the key forces (technology, globalization, regulation, and social aspects) constantly evolving and influencing the media industries.

It includes examples from both developed and developing nations, as well as data and trends from these countries, offering a broad arena of study.

Key features of this innovative text include:

• topics new to media economics texts, such as finance and investment, labor, and social aspects

• accessible discussion of complicated concepts and their application to media industries

• new directions for both theoretical and methodological areas.

With the media industries in an ongoing state of change and transformation, The Media Economy offers new reference points for the field to consider when defining and analyzing media markets. It is essential reading for students and practitioners in media management and economics who need to understand the role of media in the global economy.



Wisdom and Management in the Knowledge EconomyDavid Rooney, Bernard McKenna and Peter Liesch, all at University of Queensland, Australia

Series: Routledge Research in Strategic Management

This book reinvigorates the use of wisdom in management and work practice, promoting it as an important research topic and demonstrating how it can be applied across a number of important management areas such as knowledge innovation and strategy.

Selected Contents: 1. Wise Business in a Knowledge Society 2. What is Wisdom 3. Where did Talk of it Go? 4. Change, Ephemerality, and Fads 5. Knowledge, Innovation and Creativity 6. Human Resource Management 7. Public Administration 8. Strategy and Business Policy 9. International Business 10. Communication Management 11. Intellectual Leadership and the Wise Leader 12. Management Education 13. Wisdom Problematics and Limitations

February 2010: 6 x 9: 274ppHb: 978-0-415-44573-3: £70.00


Social Regionalism in the Global EconomyEdited by Adelle Blackett, McGill University, Canada and Christian Lévesque, HEC Montréal, Canada

Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context

Social Regionalism in the Global Economy collects essays by international specialists attempting to move beyond textual analyses of regional agreements to offer new accounts of regional integration by combing insights from developing countries with original analyses from the EU.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Social Regionalism in the Global Economy Adelle Blackett and Christian Lévesque Part 1: The Multilateral Firm as a Vector of Integration 1. Asymmetric Integration and the Restructuring of Social Relations in Global Firms: Actors, Institutions and Norms Christian Lévesque and Gregor Murray 2. MNC Strategies and their Linkages with SMEs Clemente Ruis Duran and Jorge Carrillo 3. The Role of Mncs in Reshaping Employment Relations in China Christian Lévesque and Hu Hao Part 2: Regulating Integration: Union and Civil Society Action 4. European Trade Unions and EU Labour Law Brian Bercusson 5. European Works Councils and Trade Union Networking: A New Space for Regulation and Workers’ Solidarity in Europe? Valéria Pulignano 6. Solidarity beyond Borders? Canadian Law and Trans-American Union Solidarity Action Pierre Verge 7. Does Social Embeddedness Still Matter? A Case Study in the Ghanaian Mining Sector Brice Adanhounme Part 3: Regional Integration and the Nation State in Labour Law Reform 8. The Reformulation of Labour Law in Post-Communist Central and Eastern Europe Arturo Bronstein 9. Mapping the Social in Caribbean Regional Integration Rose-Marie Belle Antoine 10. Labour Reform from a Regional Perspective: Experiences in the Americas Graciela Bensusan 11. The Evolution of European Social Integration under Globalization: Some Reflections on Recent Developments Marie-Ange Moreau Part 4: International Institutions and Actors in Regional Reform 12. The Paradox of OHADA’s Transnational, Hard Law, Labour Harmonization Initiative Adelle Blackett 13. Trade, Labor, Migration: The ‘NAFTA Corn’ Example Chantal Thomas 14. Putting International Labour Law on the (Right) Map Brian Langille 15. The Cartography of Transnational Labour Law: Projection, Scale, and Symbolism Judy Fudge

November 2010: 6 x 9: 400ppHb: 978-0-415-48052-9: £85.00


Global Innovation in Emerging EconomiesPrasada Reddy, Lund University, Sweden

In recent decades, there have been significant changes in the way corporate innovation activities are performed. They include changes in the innovation process, flexibility to outsource certain innovation activities, and by far, the most important one, wider choice in the location of innovation. What caught the most attention of is the trend towards globalization of research and development (R&D) and thereby performance of innovation activities away from the home countries.

This research presented in Global Innovation in Emerging Economies is applicable to both the industrialized and developing worlds, although from different perspectives – the former would like to prevent relocation of R&D from their countries, and the latter want more of R&D-related investments.

December 2010: 6 x 9Hb: 978-0-415-87966-8: £75.00


Economy, Work, and EducationCritical Connections

Catherine Casey, University of Leicester, UK

Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies

‘With her empirical critique of the neo-liberal dogmas that dominate employment policies today, Catherine Casey has re-asserted the importance of social values not only for education but for work itself.’ – James Wickham, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

As it is well-known, economists and educationists rarely meet, and researchers in areas of work, organization, and industrial relations are perhaps even more inclined to remain talking among themselves. There however remain social connections between economy, work, and education. The connections between these spheres over recent decades have become dominated by market economic imperatives. There is much concern that the consequences of economic and political liberalization have exerted an institutionalization of certain imperatives and affected popular assumptions in broad support of or compliance with a liberalized culture and diminished social sphere. Yet the pressing dilemmas arising out of this turn also foster a growing social awareness. Recognition of large-scale environmental and social problems appears to demand societal levels of response. New explorations of non-market relations and sources of value connecting the worlds of economy, work, and education may find a socially useful intervention.

Economy, Work and Education provides a research-intensive crossing of these fields to contribute a closer disciplinary and scholarly dialogue between interested thinkers across fields who too often must labor and converse apart. This pioneering book offers the vantage point afforded by traversing old boundaries and retrieving core concerns shared by many scholars and researchers in international circles, enabling socio-cultural innovation in the governance of work and education and advancing wider scholarly debate.

May 2011: 6 x 9: 200ppHb: 978-0-415-88671-0: £70.00


Problems of Economic PolicyKeith Hartley, University of York, UK


First published in 1977, this is an applied economics text, in which the basic theory of any introductory economics couurse is applied to a whole range of UK macro- and micro-economic policy issues. The book is designed specifically for first and second year university students, with the aim of demonstrating the relevance of theory to policy, how theory can be applied to policy problems and, in the process, to improve their understanding of the theory itself.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Methodology 1. The Economists’ Approach to Policy Problems 2. Why do Governments Intervene in the Economy 3. An Alternative Explanation of Public Policies: An Economic Theory of Politics Part 2: Macro-Economic Policy 4. Unemployment 5. Inflation 6. The Balance of Payments 7. Economic Growth Part 3. Micro-Economic Policy 8. Price Controls, Markets and Income Distribution 9. Large Firms, Mergers and Public Policy 10. Monopoly, Mergers and Public Policy 11. Monopoly, Bureaucracy and Competition in the Public Sector 12. Subsidy Policy and the Regions 13. Subsidy Policy and Lame Ducks

December 2010: 216 x 138: 236ppHb: 978-0-415-61071-1: £70.00


47


law and Economics

Critical Reflections on Regional CompetitivenessTheory, Policy, Practice

Gillian Bristow, Cardiff University, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography

Since the early 1990s, governments and development agencies have become increasingly preoccupied with the pursuit of regional competitiveness. However, there is considerable confusion around what exactly regional competitiveness means, how it might be achieved, whether and how it can be measured, and whether it is a meaningful and appropriate goal for regional economies. The central aim of this book is to provide a comprehensive and critical account of these debates with reference to theory, policy and practice, and thus to explore the meaning and value of the concept of regional competitiveness.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 200ppHb: 978-0-415-47159-6: £75.00


The Official History of North Sea Oil and GasVol. I: The Growing Dominance of the State

Alex Kemp, University of Aberdeen, UK

Series: Government Official History Series

Written by the leading expert in the history of UK energy, this study provides new, in-depth analysis of the development of UK petroleum policies towards the North Sea based on full access to the Government’s relevant archives.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Initial Legislation and Licensing 2. The Early North Sea Boundary Issues 3. What Role for the State? 4. The First Gas Contracts 5. The Early Oil Discoveries and the Fourth Round Debate 6. Further Gas Developments and the Frigg Contracts 7. Designing the Tax Package 8. Providing for BNOC and Enhanced State Control 9. The New Policy in Action: State Participation 10. The New Policy in Action: Further Licensing and Related Issues 11. Increasing the Government Take 12. The Development of Depletion and Conservation Policies 13. Utilising the Benefits. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 632ppHb: 978-0-415-44754-6: £90.00


The Official History of North Sea Oil and GasVol. II: Moderating the State’s Role

Alex Kemp, University of Aberdeen, UK

Series: Government Official History SeriesSelected Contents: Preface 1. Natural Gas in the New Market Environment 2. Oil Policies in the New Market Environment 3. Taxation for Changing Market Conditions 4. Licensing in Changing Market Conditions 5. The Demise of State Intervention 6. Further Taxation Developments 7. The Onshore Impact and Policies 8. Licensing and Related Issues into the 1990s 9. Health and Safety 10. Decommissioning and the Environment 11. Concluding Reflections

June 2011: 234 x 156: 632ppHb: 978-0-415-57094-7: £90.00


law and Economics

Bubbles, Law and Financial RegulationErik F. Gerding, University of New Mexico, USA

Series: The Economics of Legal Relationships

This book aims to unpack the complex economic relationships between law, asset price bubbles and financial regulation looking at the financial fraud in the Enron era, the subprime crisis and previous financial crises throughout the world.

Selected Contents: 1. The Economics of Bubbles 2. A Historical Overview of Asset Price Bubbles and Laws 3. Epidemics of Fraud and Bubbles: Explaining the Correlation 4. The Cycle of Regulation and De-Regulation 5. Laws Against Bubbles: An Appraisal 6. Law and Credit: Close Substitutes for Monetary Policy 7. Law, Risk-taking, and Resiliency from Collapsed Bubbles 8. Regulatory Boundaries and Regulatory Competition: Of Monocultures and Dominoes 9. Nonlinearity and Procyclicality 10. Conclusion: Towards More Robust Financial Regulation

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-77939-5: £90.00


The Ideas of Ronald H. CoaseMarket Failure and Planning by Contract for Sustainable Development

Lawrence W.C. Lai, University of Hong Kong, Republic of China

Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

This book is the first work dedicated to the key ideas of Nobel Laureate Ronald Coase on pollution and public goods with sustainable development in mind from the perspective of an economist-town planner.



The Rule of LawThe Justice Sector and Economic Development

Edited by Maria Dakolias, The World Bank, Washington DC, USA and Sandra E. Oxner


In this volume Maria Dakolias demonstrates how reforms related to the justice sector and the rule of law have, and will continue to, contribute to economic development.

Selected Contents: 1. How have the Objectives Evolved to Promoting the Rule of Law? 2. What has Influenced this Evolution? 3. What has been Achieved until Now? 4. What are the Greatest Difficulties/Risks Today? 5. What May Some of the Challenges be to Make Such Changes? 6. What Kind of Methodology Should be Promoted? 7. What Should the Priorities be in the Justice Sector Area? 8. What can be Expected in the Justice Sector in the Next Ten Years/Future?

December 2010: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-77253-2: £80.00


2nd Edition

Economic Foundations of LawStephen Spurr, Wayne State University College, USA

Economic Foundations of Law provides an economic analysis of the major areas of the law: property law, torts, contracts, criminal law, civil procedure, corporation law and financial markets, taxation and labor law. In line with current trends in legal scholarship, discussion is focused on economic principles such as risk aversion, efficiency, opportunity cost, moral hazard,

rent-seeking behaviour and economies of scale.

Accessible, comprehensive and well written, this book uses extensive practical examples and explanations to illustrate key points. There are numerous applications to lawyers and the legal profession, with detailed discussions of subjects as diverse as the proposed market for transplantable human organs, the market for adoptions, the market for bail bonds, the unanticipated effects of Megan’s law, and issues of racial profiling.

Selected Contents: 1. Principles of Microeconomics (1) 2. Principles of Microeconomics (2) 3. Introduction to the Legal System 4. Introduction to Property Law 5. Problems of Incomplete Property Rights 6. Informal Creation of Property Rights 7. Contracts 8. Torts 9. The Economics of Litigation 10. Criminal Law 11. The Corporation 12. Taxation



Intellectual Property Rights in Contemporary CapitalismEdited by Birgitte Andersen, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK


This book is a timely contribution to an important debate on the increased, changed or new scope of Intellectual Property Rights in the light of Contemporary Capitalism and focusing on evidence from sector studies as well as inter-disciplinary theory-perspectives.

June 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-48346-9: £80.00


The Law and Economics of Intellectual Property in the Digital AgeThe Limits of Analysis

Niva Elkin-Koren and Eli Salzberger, both at University of Haifa, Israel

Series: Routledge Research in Intellectual Property

This book explores the economic analysis of intellectual property law, with a special emphasis on the law and economics of informational goods in light of the past decade’s technological revolution.

August 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-49908-8: £75.00


48


rEsEarch mEthods

rEsEarch mEthods

The Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social SciencesEdited by Gregory R. Hancock, University of Maryland, College Park, USA and Ralph O. Mueller, University of Hartford, USA

The Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences is designed for evaluators of research manuscripts and proposals in the social and behavioral sciences, and beyond. Its thirty-one uniquely structured chapters cover both traditional and emerging methods of quantitative data analysis, which neither junior nor veteran reviewers can be expected to

know in detail. The book updates readers on each technique’s key principles, appropriate usage, underlying assumptions, and limitations. It thereby assists reviewers to offer constructive commentary on works they evaluate, and also serves as an indispensable author’s reference for preparing sound research manuscripts and proposals. Key features include:

The chapters cover virtually all of the popular classic and emerging quantitative techniques, thus helping reviewers to evaluate a manuscript’s methodological approach and its data analysis. In addition, the volume serves as an indispensable reference tool for those designing their own research.

For ease of use, all chapters follow the same structure:

• the opening page of each chapter defines and explains the purpose of that statistical method

• the next one or two pages provide a table listing various criteria that should be considered when evaluating and applying that methodological approach to data analysis

• the remainder of each chapter contains numbered sections corresponding to the numbered criteria listed in the opening table. Each section explains the role and importance of that particular criterion.

February 2010: 7 x 10: 448ppHb: 978-0-415-96507-1: £120.00Pb: 978-0-415-96508-8: £44.99eBook: 978-0-203-86155-4


rEsEarch monograPhs

Complex EconomicsIndividual and Collective Rationality

Alan Kirman, l’Université d’Aix-Marseille lll and l’Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales, France

Series: The Graz Schumpeter Lectures

July 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-56855-5: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-59424-0: £22.50eBook: 978-0-203-84749-7


Computable Foundations for EconomicsK. Vela Velupillai, University of Trento, Italy


March 2010: 234 x 156: 512ppHb: 978-0-415-35567-4: £100.00


Currencies, Capital Flows and CrisesA post Keynesian analysis of exchange rate determination

John T. Harvey, Texas Christian University, USA

April 2010: 234 x 156: 166ppPb: 978-0-415-78120-6: £22.50


The Economics of Defence PolicyA New Perspective

Keith Hartley, University of York, UK




The Economics of Social ResponsibilityThe World of Social Enterprises

Edited by Carlo Borzaga, University of Trento, Italy and Leonardo Becchetti, University of Rome, Italy


May 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-46576-2: £75.00eBook: 978-0-203-85102-9


Routledge Studies in the History of Economics

A Dynamic Approach to Economic TheoryThe Yale Lectures of Ragnar Frisch, 1930

Ragnar Frisch

Edited by Olav Bjerkholt, University of Oslo, Norway and Duo Qin, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

July 2010: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-56409-0: £90.00eBook: 978-0-203-84552-3


Adam Smith and the Economy of the PassionsJan Horst Keppler, University of Paris-Dauphine, France

July 2010: 216 x 138: 184ppHb: 978-0-415-56986-6: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84756-5


The Analysis of Linear Economic SystemsFather Maurice Potron’s Pioneering Works

Edited by Christian Bidard, Université de Paris Ouest- Nanterre La Défense, France and Guido Erreygers, Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium



Generations of EconomistsDavid Collard, University of Bath, UK

November 2010: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-56541-7: £90.00


The Essential Writings of Thorstein VeblenEdited by Charles Camic, Northwestern University, USA and Geoffrey M Hodgson, University of Hertfordshire, UK



rEl

atEd

jo

ur

na

l Economic Systems ResearchEditors: Manfred Lenzen, University of Sydney, Australia and Bart Los, University of Groningen, the Netherlands

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cesr

49


rEsEarch monograPhs

Hayek, Mill and the Liberal TraditionEdited by Andrew Farrant, Dickinson College, USA



Keynes and the British Humanist TraditionThe Moral Purpose of the Market

David Andrews, University of Richmond, USA



The Making of the Classical Theory of Economic GrowthAnthony Brewer, University of Bristol, UK



The Origins of David Hume’s EconomicsWillie Henderson, University of Minnesota Duluth, USA



Political Economy and IndustrialismBanks in Saint-Simonian Economic Thought

Gilles Jacoud, University Jean Monnet of Saint-Etienne, France



Population, Development and Welfare in the History of Economic ThoughtClaudia Sunna, University of Lecce, Italy



Production, Distribution and Trade: Alternative PerspectivesEssays in Honour of Sergio Parrinello

Edited by Adriano Birolo, University of Padova, Italy, Duncan Foley, New School for Social Research, New York, Heinz D. Kurz, University of Graz, Austria, Bertram Schefold, Johann-Wolfgang Goethe Universität, Frankfurt, Germany and Ian Steedman, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

June 2010: 234 x 156: 400ppHb: 978-0-415-55723-8: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84845-6


Studies in Social EconomicsLéon Walras

Translated by Jan Van Daal and Donald A. Walker, Indiana University of Pennyslvania, USA



The Economic ReaderTextbooks, Manuals and the Dissemination of the Economic Sciences during the 19th and Early 20th Centuries

Edited by Massimo M. Augello and Marco E.L. Guidi, both at University of Pisa, Italy

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-55443-5: £80.00


Routledge Studies in Development Economics

Assessing Prospective Trade PolicyMethods Applied to EU-ACP Economic Partnership Agreements

Edited by Oliver Morrissey, University of Nottingham, UK



Culture, Institutions, and DevelopmentNew Insights Into an Old Debate

Edited by Jean-Philippe Platteau, Facultés Universitaires Notre-Dame de la Paix, Belgium and Robert Peccoud



2nd Edition

Development Economics in ActionA Study of Economic Policies in Ghana

Tony Killick, Overseas Development Institute, UK

May 2010: 216 x 138: 544ppHb: 978-0-415-47383-5: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-85201-9


Monetary and Financial Integration in West AfricaEdited by Temitope W. Oshikoya, West African Monetary Institute, Ghana

July 2010: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-58008-3: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84658-2


VIEW ANY

product online


listing

50


rEsEarch monograPhs

Reform and Development in ChinaWhat Can China Offer the Developing World

Edited by Yang Yao and Ho-Mou Wu, both at Peking University, China



The Multinational Enterprise in Developing CountriesLocal versus Global Logic

Edited by Rick Molz, Concordia University, Canada, Catalin Ratiu, Concordia University, Canada and Ali Taleb, HEC, Montreal

July 2010: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-49252-2: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-84705-3


Towards New DevelopmentalismMarket as Means rather than Master

Edited by Shahrukh Rafi Khan and Jens Christiansen, both at Mount Holyoke College, USA



Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking

The Capital Needs of Central BanksEdited by Sue Milton, The Bank of England, UK and Peter Sinclair, University of Birmingham, UK



Developing Alternative Frameworks for Explaining Tax ComplianceEdited by James Alm and Jorge Martinez-Vazquez, both at Georgia State University, USA and Benno Torgler, Queensland University of Technology, Australia

May 2010: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-57698-7: £95.00eBook: 978-0-203-85161-6


International Tax CoordinationAn Interdisciplinary Perspective on Virtues and Pitfalls

Edited by Martin Zagler, Vienna University of Economics and Business, Austria

May 2010: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-56948-4: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84902-6


Taxation and Gender EquityA Comparative Analysis of Direct and Indirect Taxes in Developing and Developed Countries

Edited by Caren Grown, American University, USA and Imraan Valodia, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

May 2010: 234 x 156: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-49262-1: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-85295-8


The New International Monetary SystemEssays in Honor of Alexander Swoboda

Edited by Charles Wyplosz, Graduate Institute of of International and Development Studies, Geneva




Cartelization, Antitrust and Globalization in the US and EuropeMark S. LeClair, Fairfield University, USA

July 2010: 234 x 156: 196ppHb: 978-0-415-57343-6: £85.00eBook: 978-0-2038-4736-7


Critical Issues in Air Transport Economics and BusinessEdited by Rosário Macário, Technical University of Lisbon and Eddy Van de Voorde, Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium



The Political Economy of IntegrationThe Experience of Mercosur

Jeffrey W. Cason, Middlebury College, USASeptember 2010: 234 x 156: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-77885-5: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-84625-4For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778855

Elements of an Evolutionary Theory of WelfareAssessing Welfare When Preferences Change

Martin Binder, Max Planck Institute of Economics, Germany


April 2010: 234 x 156: 280ppHb: 978-0-415-56298-0: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-84955-2


Economics, Rational Choice and Normative PhilosophyEdited by Thomas Boylan and Ruvin Gekker, both at National University of Ireland, Galway

April 2010: 234 x 156: 210ppPb: 978-0-415-58870-6: £22.50


A History of Irish Economic ThoughtEdited by Thomas Boylan, National University of Ireland, Galway, and Renee Prendergast and John Turner, both at Queens University Belfast, UK

Series: The Routledge History of Economic Thought

July 2010: 234 x 156: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-42340-3: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84632-2


Ideas and Economic Crises in Britain from Attlee to Blair (1945-2005)Matthias M. Matthijs, American University, USA




51


rEsEarch monograPhs

The Economic Geography of Air TransportationSpace, Time, and the Freedom of the Sky

John T. Bowen, Central Washington University, USA



Cost-Benefit Analysis of Multi-Level GovernmentThe Case of EU Cohesion Policy and of US Federal Investment Policies

Alessandro Ferrara, European Commission, Brussels, Belgium



Financial Liberalization and Economic PerformanceBrazil at the Crossroads

Luiz Fernando de Paula, State University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil



Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Computable, Constructive and Behavioural Economic DynamicsEssays in Honour of Kumaraswamy (Vela) Velupillai

Edited by Stefano Zambelli, Trento University, Italy.

February 2010: 234 x 156: 560ppHb: 978-0-415-49263-8: £90.00


Economic Complexity and Equilibrium IllusionEssays on Market Instability and Macro Vitality

Edited by Ping Chen, Peking University, China



Economic Theory and Social ChangeProblems and Revisions

Hasse Ekstedt, University of Gothenburg, Sweden and Angelo Fusari, ISAE, Rome

June 2010: 234 x 156: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-56423-6: £90.00eBook: 978-0-203-84850-0


Monetary MacrodynamicsToichiro Asada, Chuo University, Japan, Carl Chiarella, University of Technology Sydney, Australia, Peter Flaschel, Bielefeld University, Germany and Reiner Franke, Technische Universität Wien, Austria



Rationality and Explanation in EconomicsMaurice Lagueux, University of Montréal, Canada



The Market, Happiness, and SolidarityA Christian perspective

Johan J. Graafland, Tilburg University, the Netherlands



The Measurement of Individual Well-Being and Group InequalitiesEssays in Memory of Z. M. Berrebi

Edited by Joseph Deutsch and Jacques Silber, both at Bar Ilan University, Israel



The Political Economy of BureaucracySteven O. Richardson, Department of Labor, USA



The Practices of HappinessPolitical Economy, Religion and Wellbeing

Edited by Ian Steedman, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, and John R. Atherton and Elaine Graham, both at University of Manchester, UK

July 2010: 234 x 156: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-55097-0: £80.00eBook: 978-0-203-84690-2


Wage Policy, Income Distribution, and Democratic TheoryOren M. Levin-Waldman, Metropolitan College of New York, USA



Internationalization, Technological Change and the Theory of the FirmEdited by Nicola De Liso, University of Salento, Italy and Riccardo Leoncini, University of Bologna, Italy


July 2010: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-46071-2: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84641-4


Knowledge-Intensive Entrepreneurship and Innovation SystemsEvidence from Europe

Edited by Franco Malerba, Bocconi University, Italy




52


rEsEarch monograPhs

Error in EconomicsTowards a More Evidence–Based Methodology

Julian Reiss

February 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppPb: 978-0-415-57972-8: £22.50


Hayek and Economic AnalysisEdited by Christian Schmidt, Université Paris Dauphiné, France

July 2010: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-26787-8: £65.00eBook: 978-0-203-32374-8


The South Sea BubbleAn Economic History of its Origins and Consequences.

Helen Paul, University of Southampton, UK




The International Tin CartelJohn Hillman, Trent University, Canada




Innovation in Complex Social SystemsEdited by Petra Ahrweiler, University College, Dublin




Territory, Specialization and Globalization in European ManufacturingHelena Marques, University of Manchester, UKand Francisco Puig, University of Valencia, Spain




International Trade, Consumer Interests and Reform of the Common Agricultural PolicyEdited by Susan Mary Senior Nello and Pierpaolo Pierani, both at University of Siena, Italy


May 2010: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-57019-0: £90.00eBook: 978-0-203-85027-5


Karl Marx’s GrundrisseFoundations of the Critique of Political Economy 150 Years Later

Edited by Marcello Musto, University of Naples ‘L’Orientale’, Italy

April 2010: 234 x 156: 320ppPb: 978-0-415-58871-3: £23.50


Mind, Society, and Human ActionTime and Knowledge in a Theory of Social Economy

Richard E. Wagner, George Mason University, USA

Series: Routledge Foundations of the Market Economy



Patent PolicyLegal-Economic Effects in a National and International Framework

Pia Weiss, University of Nottingham, UK




The Philosophy of Adam SmithThe Adam Smith Review, Volume 5: Essays Commemorating the 250th Anniversary of The Theory of Moral Sentiments

Edited by Vivienne Brown, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK and Samuel Fleischacker, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA

Series: The Adam Smith Review



Peasants and GlobalizationPolitical Economy, Rural Transformation and the Agrarian Question

Edited by A. Haroon Akram-Lodhi, Trent University, Canada and Cristóbal Kay, Institute of Social Studies, the Netherlands

April 2010: 234 x 156: 360ppPb: 978-0-415-58875-1: £22.50


Reforming Land and Resource Use in South AfricaImpact on Livelihoods

Edited by Paul Hebinck, Wageningen University, the Netherlands and Charlie Shackleton, Rhodes University, South Africa

Series: Routledge ISS Studies in Rural Livelihoods



Studies on the Abuse and Decline of ReasonText and Documents

F.A. Hayek

Edited by Bruce Caldwell, Duke University, USA

Series: The Collected Works of F.A. Hayek

April 2010: 234 x 156: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-57383-2: £90.00


The Cultural and Political Economy of RecoverySocial Learning in a Post-Disaster Environment

Emily Chamlee-Wright, Beloit College, USA




Worker Identity, Agency and Economic DevelopmentWomen’s Empowerment in the Indian Informal Economy

Elizabeth Hill, University of Sydney, Australia

Series: New Political Economy

June 2010: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-56609-4: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-84928-6


53


indEx

AAcharya, Sanjaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Adam Smith and the Economy of the Passions. . 48Adam Smith Review (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Adams, Neil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Agent-Based Computational Economics . . . . . . 2Aging Consumer, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Agribusiness Management Fourth Edition . . . 33Agricultural Economics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Agricultural Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Ahrens, Joachim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Ahrweiler, Petra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Airline eCommerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Akram-Lodhi, A. Haroon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Akridge, Jay T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Albarran, Alan B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Alm, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Alwang, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Amann, Edmund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Amara, Jomana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Amatori, Franco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41American Political Economy, The . . . . . . . . . . 25Amitendu, Palit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Analysis of Linear Economic Systems, The . . . 48Andersen, Birgitte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Anderson, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Anderson, William P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Andersson, Jan Otto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Andrews, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Antes, Ralf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Anticipating The Wealth of Nations . . . . . . . . 29Applied Statistics for Economists . . . . . . . . . . . 4Archibugi, Daniele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Arvanitidis, Paschalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Asada, Toichiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Ash, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Assessing Prospective Trade Policy . . . . . . . . . 49Asutay, Mehmet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Atherton, John R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Augello, Massimo M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Austin, Gareth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Austrian and German Economic Thought. . . . 29Austrian Economics (Routledge Revivals) . . . . 26

BBaer, Werner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Bailey, David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Baimbridge, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Ballet, Jérôme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Bank for International Settlements, The . . . . . 11Banking Regulation and the Financial Crisis . . . 3Barker, Drucilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Barnard, Freddie L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Barnett, Vincent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Barrett, Christopher B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . 10Bath, Vivienne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Bathelt, Harald. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Batra, Amita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Bazin, Damien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Becchetti, Leonardo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Beckert, Jens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Behavioral Economics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Bengal Industries and the British Industrial Revolution (1757-1857) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Benin, Samuel E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Benson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Berger, Sebastian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Bergeron, Suzanne L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Berik, Günseli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Besomi, Daniele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Beyond Reductionism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Beyond Territory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Bidard, Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Bielenberg, Andy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Binder, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Birolo, Adriano. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Bjerkholt, Olav . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Blackett, Adelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Bloom, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Bonaiuti, Mauro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Borzaga, Carlo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Boucekkine, Raouf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Bouillon, Hardy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Bowen, John T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Boyer, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Boylan, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Bradshaw, Michael J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Brancaccio, Emiliano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Braun, Hans-Joachim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Brewer, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Bridel, Pascal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Bristow, Gillian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Brown, Vivienne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Bruce, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Bubbles, Law and Financial Regulation . . . . . . 47Burger, Ronelle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Burki, Shahid Javed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Burnham, June. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Business Ethics and the Austrian Tradition in Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Business, Non-State Regulation and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Byrne, Sean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

CCaldwell, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Camic, Charles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Campbell, Iain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Can Neighbourhoods Save the City? . . . . . . . . 7Canning, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Cao, Jin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Capie, Forrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 41Capital as a Social Kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Capital Needs of Central Banks, The. . . . . . . . 50Capital, Exploitation and Economic Crisis . . . . 24Capitalist Diversity and Diversity within Capitalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Carbon Responsibility and Embodied Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Cartelization, Antitrust and Globalization in the US and Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Cartwright, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Carvalho, Luis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Casey, Catherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Cason, Jeffrey W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 50Caspari, Volker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Castro, Gerardo Angeles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Central Asian Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Chamlee-Wright, Emily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Chapain, Caroline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Charting China’s Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Chen, Ping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Chen, Shu-Heng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Chiarella, Carl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51China in the Asian Financial Crisis. . . . . . . . . . 15China-India Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12China’s Multinationals - The Resource Sector. . .15China’s New Underclass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Chinese Economists on Economic Reform - Collected Works of Xue Muqiao . . . . . . . . 15Cho, Joonmo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Choi, Young Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Chongvilaivan, Aekapol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Christiansen, Jens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Chydenius, Anders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Circa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Cities, State and Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Claes, Dag Harald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Clarida, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Coal Industry in China’s Political Economy, The . . 15Coes, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Cohen, Benjamin J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Collard, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Collected Works of F.A. Hayek (series) . . . . . . 52Collier, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Communications Industries in the Era of Convergence, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Community Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Complex Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Computable Foundations for Economics . . . . 48Computable, Constructive and Behavioural Economic Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Conflict, Political Accountability and Aid . . . . 19Contemporary Chinese Economy . . . . . . . . . . 15Contemporary Vietnam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Contributions to the History of Economic Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Controversies in Local Economic Development . . 18Cook, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Cooke, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Cooperation Challenge of Economics and the Protection of Water Supplies, The . . . . . 35Corbridge, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Cord, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Cornell, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Corporate Political Strategies of Private Chinese Firms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Costantini, Valeria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Cost-Benefit Analysis Cases and Materials . . . 32Cost-Benefit Analysis of Multi-Level Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Cotella, Giancarlo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Crafts, Nicholas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Cramer, Gail L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Crises and Cycles in Economic Dictionaries and Encyclopaedias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Critical Concepts in Economics (series). .12, 39, 41Critical Issues in Air Transport Economics and Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Critical Reflections on Regional Competitiveness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Crump, Thomas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Cultural and Political Economy of Recovery, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Cultural Political Economy of Small Cities . . . . . 7Culture of Markets, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Culture, Institutions, and Development . . . . . 49Currencies and Currency Policies in the Global Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Currencies, Capital Flows and Crises. . . . . . . . 48

DDakolias, Maria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Daniel, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Daniels, Joseph P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6de Gaay Fortman, Bastiaan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24De Liso, Nicola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51De Lucia, Caterina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Delacote, Philippe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Deng, Ziliang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Deutsch, Joseph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Developing Alternative Frameworks for Explaining Tax Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Development and Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . 23Development Economics in Action Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Development of the Economies of Continental Europe 1850-1914 (Routledge Revivals), The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Devereux, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Di Gaspare, Serena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Dictionary of International Trade Organizations and Agreements, A . . . . . . . 10Dietz, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Ding, Xuedong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16D’Ippoliti, Carlo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Diversity and Transformations of Asian Capitalisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Division of Labour in Economics, The . . . . . . . 29Dixon, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Doganis, Rigas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Domestic Politics of International Trade, The. . 22Domingos, Tiago M. D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Dooley, Frank J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Drolet, Aimee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Dubois, Jean-Luc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Dynamic Approach to Economic Theory, A . . . 48Dynamics of Asian Financial Integration, The . . .13Dynamics of Asian Labour Markets, The. . . . . 17

EE.E. Slutsky as Economist and Mathematician . .30East Asian Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Ebner, Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44eCommerce Economics, Second Edition . . . . . 42Economic Assistance and Conflict Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Economic Complexity and Equilibrium Illusion . .51Economic Development and Post Conflict Reconstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Economic Development in the Middle East. . . 27Economic Developments in Contemporary Russia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Economic Elites and Russian-Ukraine Relations . . 10Economic Foundations of Law second edition . .47Economic Fundamentals of Power Plants Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Economic Geography. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Economic Geography of Air Transportation, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Economic Governance in the EU . . . . . . . . . . 18Economic History of Ireland Since Independence, An . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Economic History of Organized Crime, An . . . 41Economic Necessity, Political Contingency and the Limits of Post-Marxism. . . . . . . . . . 25Economic Power and Economic Strategy in Russia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Economic Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Economic Reform in Modern China . . . . . . . . 12Economic Theory and Social Change . . . . . . . 51Economic Value of Landscapes, The . . . . . . . . 37Economics and Development Studies . . . . . . . 22Economics and Diversity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Economics and Politics in Turkey. . . . . . . . . . . 27Economics and Social Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Economics as Social Theory (series). . . . . . . . . 23Economics of Agricultural Development . . . . . 33Economics of Defence Policy, The. . . . . . . . . . 48Economics of Industrial Development, The . . . 20Economics of Legal Relationships (series) . . .47, 52Economics of Social Responsibility, The. . . . . . 48Economics of Structural Change in Knowledge, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Economics of Tourism, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Economics of UN Peacekeeping, The . . . . . . . . 8Economics of Urban Migration in India, The . . 16Economics of Urban Property Markets, The . . 42Economics, Culture, and Development . . . . . . 21Economics, Rational Choice and Normative Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Economy, Work, and Education . . . . . . . . . . . 46Ecosystem Services and Global Trade of Natural Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Ege, Ragip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Eicher, Theo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Eisner, Marc Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Ekstedt, Hasse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Elementary Statistics Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Elements of an Evolutionary Theory of Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Elements of Ecological Economics . . . . . . . . . 34Elkin-Koren, Niva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Embedded Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44End of Value-Free Economics, The . . . . . . . . . 23Energy, Bio Fuels and Development . . . . . . . . 39Engelskirchen, Howard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

54


indEx

Enterprise Forms and Economic Efficiency . . . 44Environment and Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management Third Edition . . . . . 32Environmental Efficiency, Innovation and Economic Performances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Environmental Policies for Air Pollution and Climate Change in the New Europe . . . . . . 34Environmental Social Accounting Matrices . . . 36Epistemic Economics and Organization . . . . . 44Eriksson, Ralf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Erreygers, Guido . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Error in Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Essential Writings of Thorstein Veblen . . . . . . 48Essential Writings of Thorstein Veblen, The . . 48EU Innovation Policies and Regional Economic Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Europe’s Green Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Evolution of Economic Theory, The. . . . . . . . . 29Evolution of Morality in Economics, The . . . . . 25Evolving Structure of the East Asian Economic System since 1700, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

FFadlalla, Amal Hassan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Farooki, Masuma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Farrant, Andrew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Farrell, Katharine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Feldman, Maryann. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Fernando de Paula, Luiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Ferrara, Alessandro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Figart, Deborah M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Fighting Market Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Filippetti, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Financial Liberalization and Economic Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Financial Structure and Income Distribution . . 23Fisher, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Flaschel, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Fleischacker, Samuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Flying Off Course IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Foley, Duncan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Foltz, John C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Fontana, Giuseppe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Foreign Direct Investment in China. . . . . . . . . . 4Foreign Direct Investments in Asia . . . . . . . . . 13Foreign Investment and Dispute Resolution Law and Practice in Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Forestry Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Forests and Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Foundations of Institutional Economics, The. . 31Frank, Jefferson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Franke, Reiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Freedom and Happiness in Economic Thought and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Freedom, Responsibility and Economics of the Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Freeman, Richard B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Freeze, Gregory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Freight Transport and the Modern Economy. . 42Frisch, Ragnar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48From Bioeconomics to Degrowth . . . . . . . . . . 37Frühmann, Johannes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Fusari, Angelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Future of Global Currency, The. . . . . . . . . . . . 11

GGanßmann, Heiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Garcia-Valiñas, Maria A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Garver, John W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Gekker, Ruvin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Gender and the Contours of Precarious Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Gendered Insecurities, Health and Development in Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20General Equilibrium Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Generations of Economists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Georgescu-Roegen, Nicolas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Gerding, Erik F.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47German Economy in the Twentieth Century (Routledge Revivals), The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41German Immigration and Servitude in America, 1709-1914 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Gevorkyan, Aleksandr V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Gevorkyan, Aleksandr V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Giampietro, Mario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Gick, Evelyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Global Economic Crisis, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Global Economic Issues and Policies . . . . . . . . . 6Global Economics of Sport, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Global Financial Crisis, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Global Innovation in Emerging Economies . . . 46Global Institutions (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Global Politico-Economic Crises . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Global Population Ageing and Migration in Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Globalization and the Japanese Economy. . . . 17Globalization, Outsourcing and Labour Development in ASEAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Gong, Gang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Gonzalez, Sara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Good Governance of Fisheries, The . . . . . . . . 37Gordon, Rachel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Goulart, Pedro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Governing the Global Economy . . . . . . . . . . . 11Government of Chronic Poverty, The . . . . . . . 22Government Official History Series (series) . . . 47Graafland, Johan J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Graff, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Graham, Elaine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Grandori, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Grassl, Wolfgang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Gratton, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Graz Schumpeter Lectures (series) . . . . . . . . . 48Great Depression, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Greening the Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Griffin, Liza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Grown, Caren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Growth of the International Economy, 1820-2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Grubb, Farley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia (series) . . . . . . . . 10, 16Guidi, Marco E.L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

HHaab, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Halevi, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Hamada, Koichi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Hancock, Gregory R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Handbook of Local and Regional Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Hanke, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Hansjürgens, Bernd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Hansson, Göte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Happiness, Ethics and Economics . . . . . . . . . . 24Harrison, Michael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Harriss, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Hartley, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 48Harvey, John T.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Harwood, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Hayek and Economic Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Hayek, F.A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Hayek, Mill and the Liberal Tradition. . . . . . . . 49Healy, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Hebinck, Paul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Heijman, Wim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Held, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Henderson, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Henderson, Willie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Henry A. Abbati: Keynes’ Forgotten Precursor . .30Herr, Hansjörg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Herrschel, Tassilo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Heshmati, Almas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Hickey, Sam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hill, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Hillman, John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Hilpert, Ulrich. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Hirata, Johannes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24History of Homo Economicus, A. . . . . . . . . . . 29History of Irish Economic Thought, A . . . . . . . 50Hodgson, Geoffrey M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Hoen, Herman W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Hoffman, Joan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Holden, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Hossain, Akhand Akhtar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Hritonenko, Natali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Hu, Angang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Hu, Xinying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Huang, Ju-Chin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Hübner, Kurt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Human Development in Iraq . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Hybrid Economic-Environmental Accounts . . . 37

IIdeas and Economic Crises in Britain from Attlee to Blair (1945-2005) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Ideas of Ronald H. Coase, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Igersheim, Herrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Ikeda, Yukihiro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Impact of China on Global Commodity Prices, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Incentives for Innovation in China . . . . . . . . . 16Income Inequality and Economic Growth in China, India and Singapore . . . . . . . . . . . 12India’s Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Inequality and Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Inequality, Development, and Growth . . . . . . 27Innovation and Economic Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . 44Innovation in Complex Social Systems . . . . . . 52Innovation, Knowledge and Growth . . . . . . . 30Innovative Fiscal Policy and Economic Development in Transition Economies . . . . . 19Institutional Economics and National Competitiveness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Institutional Reform in Central Asia . . . . . . . . 26Insurance Theory and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Intellectual Property Rights in Contemporary Capitalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Interaction between WTO Law and External International Law, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9International Economic Relations since 1945 . . 9International Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6International Encyclopedia of Economic Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28International Finance 5th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . 6International Political Economy. . . . . . . . . . . . 38International Tax Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . 50International Tin Cartel, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52International Trade, Consumer Interests and Reform of the Common Agricultural Policy . .52Internationalization, Technological Change and the Theory of the Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Introduction to Estimating Economic Models . . 5Iran’s Struggle for Economic Independence . . 22Israeli Central Bank, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Iversen, Vegard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

JJacoud, Gilles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Jäger, Jill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Jeffries, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 16Jha, Raghbendra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14John, Klaus D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Jonasson, Maren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

KKang, Sung Jin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Kaplinsky, Raphael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Kapp, K. William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Karl Marx’s Grundrisse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Kawakatsu, Heita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Kay, Cristóbal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Kazandziska, Milka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Keen, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Kemp, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Kenwood, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Keppler, Jan Horst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Keum, Jaeho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Keynes and Modern Economics . . . . . . . . . . . 31Keynes and the British Humanist Tradition . . . 49Khan, Shahrukh Rafi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Kiichiro, Yagi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Kikuchi, Toru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Killick, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Kim, Sunwoong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Kingstone, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Kirman, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Knowledge Economy and the City . . . . . . . . . . 7Knowledge-Intensive Entrepreneurship and Innovation Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Knutsen, Carl Henrik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Kogler, Dieter F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Köllner, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Komatsu, Keiichiro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Korean Labour Market after the 1997 Economic Crisis, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Korinek, Kim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Kumar, Pushpam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Kurian, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Kuroki, Ryuzo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Kurz, Heinz D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 49

LLabour Standards, Development and Trade . . 21Labour-Intensive Industrialization in Global History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Lagueux, Maurice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Lai, Lawrence W. C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Lane, Christel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Lane, Philip R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Latham, A.J.H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Latin American Economic Development . . . . . 19Latreille, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Law and Economics of Intellectual Property in the Digital Age, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47LeClair, Mark S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Lee, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Legacy of John Kenneth Galbraith, The . . . . . 31Lenton, Pamela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Leoncini, Riccardo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Leroux, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Lévesque, Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Levi, Maurice D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Levin-Waldman, Oren M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Lewis, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Li, Jun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Liang, Neng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Liesch, Peter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Lin, Shu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Liu, Dongfeng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Living Standards and Social Well-Being . . . . . 28Long, Susan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lorentzen, Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Lougheed, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Luke, Peter J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Lutzker, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Luzzati, Tommaso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

MMa, Hao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Macário, Rosário . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50MacDonald, Martha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Macintyre, Alison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Macroeconomic and Monetary Policy Issues in Indonesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Macroeconomic Policy Regimes in Western Industrial Countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Macroeconomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Madanipour, Ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

55


indEx

Mahieu, François Régis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Maki, Atsushi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Making of the Classical Theory of Economic Growth, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Making of the Contemporary World (series) . . . 9Malerba, Franco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Malmberg, Bo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Maloney, Thomas N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Maman, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Managerial Economics, Second Edition . . . . . 44Managi, Shunsuke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Managing Sport Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Manufacturing in the New Urban Economy . . 45Marangos, John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Marcuzzo, Maria Cristina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Maritime Economics 3e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Market Liberalism, Growth, and Economic Development in Latin America . . . . . . . . . . 21Market, Happiness, and Solidarity, The . . . . . . 51Marketing and Consumer Psychology Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Marques, Alexandra P.S.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Marques, Helena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Marshall, Marshallians and Industrial Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Martinelli, Flavia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Martínez de Anguita, Pablo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Martinez-Vazquez, Jorge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Masters, William A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Mathematical Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Mathematics for Economics and Finance . . . . . 5Matthijs, Matthias M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Mayumi, Kozo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Mazzanti, Massimiliano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 37McCann, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39McCarthy, Dennis M. P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41McCartney, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17McGillivray, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22McKenna, Bernard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46McPherson, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Measurement of Individual Well-Being and Group Inequalities, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Media Economy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Media Management and Economics Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Melkumian, Arsen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Metabolic Pattern of Societies, The . . . . . . . . 36Michie, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Middle Income Trap, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Migration in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Mikami, Kazuhiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Mills, Terence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Millward, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Milton, Sue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Milward, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Mind, Society, and Human Action . . . . . . . . . 52Miraculous Growth and Stagnation in Post-War Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Mironov, Boris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Models of Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Modern Labour Economics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Modern Political Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Mogues, Tewodaj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Molle, Willem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Molz, Rick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Mommen, André . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Monetary and Banking History. . . . . . . . . . . . 41Monetary and Financial Integration in West Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Monetary Macrodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Montini, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 37Moral Rhetoric of Political Economy, The . . . . 25Morrissey, Oliver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Mosini, Valeria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Mosley, Paul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Moulaert, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Mueller, Ralph O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Mukhopadhaya, Pundarik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Mullen, Andrew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Mulligan, Catherine E. A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Multilateralism and Regionalism in Global Economic Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Multinational Enterprise in Developing Countries, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Munz, Rainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Muqiao, Xue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Murphy, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Murshed, S. Mansoob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Musto, Marcello. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Mutti, John H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

NNagaraj, R.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Nakagawa, Junji. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Naudé, Wim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Neave, Henry R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5New Approaches to Monetary Economics and Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3New Economic Geography of Russia, A . . . . . 26New International Monetary System, The . . . . 50New Models of Regional Innovation. . . . . . . . 43New Political Economy (series) . . . . . . . . . 25, 52Nishizawa, Tamotsu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Nixson, Frederick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Nolan, Peter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Norton, George W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Nottage, Luke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Nunes, Richard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

OOfficial History of North Sea Oil and Gas, The . .47Ohno, Kenichi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13O’Leary, Nigel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Omann, Ines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Optimal Control of Age-structured Populations in Economy, Demography, and the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Origins of David Hume’s Economics, The . . . . 49Oshikoya, Temitope W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Otsuka, Keijiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Oughton, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Overseas Research II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Owens, Trudy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Oxner, Sandra E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Ozcan, Gul Berna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Ozgercin, Kevin V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Özselçuk, Ceren. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Padayachee, Vishnu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

PPakistan - the Political Economy of Growth, Stagnation and the State, 1951-2009. . . . . 17Papatheodorou, Andreas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Park, Cyn-young . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Park, Yung Chul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Participation in Environmental Organizations. . .35Pasinetti, Luigi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Patent Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Paul, Helen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Peasants and Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Peccoud, Robert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Permit Trading in Different Applications . . . . . 35Perrotini-Hernández, Ignacio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Perry, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Pesaran, Evaleila. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Phenomenon of Money (Routledge Revivals), The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Phillips, Nicola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Philosophy of Adam Smith, The . . . . . . . . . . . 52Pierani, Pierpaolo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Pike, Andy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Planet in 2050, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Platteau, Jean-Philippe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Policy Makers on Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Political and Economic Dictionary of Central and South-Eastern Europe, A . . . . . . . . . . . 18Political and Economic Dictionary of the USA, A. . 9Political and Economic Dictionary Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Political Economy and Industrialism . . . . . . . . 49Political Economy and Liberalism in France . . . 30Political Economy of Africa, The . . . . . . . . . . . 19Political Economy of Bureaucracy, The . . . . . . 51Political Economy of Central Asia, The . . . . . . 14Political Economy of Families, Work and Globalization, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Political Economy of Human Rights, A . . . . . . 24Political Economy of Integration, The . . . . . . . 50Political Economy of Latin America, The . . . . . 22Political Economy of Peacemaking, The . . . . . 11Political Economy of the Environment . . . . . . 39Political Economy of the European Social Model, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Political Economy of the Gulf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Population, Development and Welfare in the History of Economic Thought . . . . . . . . . . . 49Port-Cities and their Hinterlands. . . . . . . . . . . 40Practices of Happiness, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Prediction Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Preference Data for Environmental Valuation . .35Prendergast, Renee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Prentice, David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Pressman, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Prime, Penelope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Problems of Economic Policy (Routledge Revivals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Production, Distribution and Trade: Alternative Perspectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Pro-poor Growth and Liberalisation in Developing Economies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Public Expenditures for Agricultural and Rural Development in Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Public Finance in Theory and Practice Second edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Puglisi, Rosaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Puig, Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Putnam, Hilary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

QQin, Duo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Quah, Euston. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Quatraro, Francesco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

RRaffaelli, Tiziano. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Rai, Sheela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Ramchandani, Girish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Ranis, Gustav . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Rao, Bhanoji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Raquiza, Antoinette R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Rationality and Explanation in Economics . . . . 51Ratiu, Catalin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Rauschmayer, Felix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Ray, Indrajit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Real Business Cycle Models in Economics . . . . . 4Reappraising State-Owned Enterprise. . . . . . . 41Reassessing the Paradigm of Economics . . . . . 27Reati, Angelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Recession and Beyond, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Recognition and Regulation of Safeguard Measures Under GATT/WTO . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Reddy, Prasada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Reddy, Sanjay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Reed, Ananya Mukherjee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Reed, Darryl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Reform and Development in China. . . . . . . . . 50Reforming Land and Resource Use in South Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Regional Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Regional Economic Integration in South Asia. . .16Regions and Cities (series) . . . . . 3, 7, 18, 43, 45Regression Analysis for the Social Sciences . . . . 5

Reinterpreting The Keynesian Revolution . . . . 30Reiss, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Remer, Sven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Responsible Economy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Reviewer’s Guide to Quantitative Methods in the Social Sciences, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Reyes, Javier A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Richardson, Steven O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Ríos-Bolivar, Humberto. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Rising China in the Changing World Economy. .15Road Map of China’s Rise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Rodgers, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Rodrigues, João F. D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Rodriguez-Pose, Andres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Role of ‘Informal’ Economies in the Post-Soviet World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Role of NGOs in African Socio-Economic Development, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Rooney, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Rosenhek, Zeev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Rossana, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Round, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5Routledge Advances in Experimental and Computable Economics (series). . . . . . . . 2, 48Routledge Advances in Heterodox Economics (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 31, 52Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Routledge Advances in Social Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 48, 50Routledge Contemporary China Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 16Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . 11Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 16Routledge Critical Studies in Finance and Stability (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Routledge Explorations in Economic History (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 38, 40, 50, 52Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 35, 36Routledge Foundations of the Market Economy (series). . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 52Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy (series) . . . 2, 8, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 31, 39, 51Routledge Handbook of South Asian Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Routledge History of Economic Thought (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Routledge IAFFE Advances in Feminist Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Routledge INEM Advances in Economic Methodology (series) . . . . . . 23, 27Routledge International Studies in Business History (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking (series) . . 3, 8, 41, 45, 50Routledge Introductions to Environment (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Routledge ISS Studies in Rural Livelihoods (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Routledge Perspectives on Development (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Routledge Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa (series) . . . . . 22Routledge Research in Intellectual Property (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Routledge Research in International Economic Law (series). . . . . . . . . 9, 10, 13, 22Routledge Research in Strategic Management (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Routledge Research on Taiwan Series (series). . .13Routledge Revivals (series) . . . . . . . 4, 26, 41, 46Routledge Studies in Crime and Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics (series). . . . . . . . . . 8, 20, 48Routledge Studies in Development Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21, 39, 49, 50

56


indEx

Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 37, 38Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context (series) . . . . . . . . 46Routledge Studies in Global Competition (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 44, 51, 52Routledge Studies in Human Geography (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Routledge Studies in Innovation, Organizations and Technology (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Routledge Studies in the Economies of Asia (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Routledge Studies in the European Economy (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 42, 52Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 13, 17Routledge Studies in the History of Economics (series). . . 4, 29, 30, 31, 47, 48, 49Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy (series) . . . . . . 4, 8, 9, 12, 13, 19, 42, 44, 47, 50, 51Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . 33Rübbelke, Dirk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Ruccio, David F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Rui, Huaichuan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Rule of Law, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Ruparelia, Sanjay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Ryan, Raymond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

SSalzberger, Eli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Santos-Paulino, Amelia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Saul, S B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Savy, Michel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Sawyer, W. Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Schefold, Bertram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 49Schenk, Catherine R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Schmidt, Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Schutz, Eric A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Schwarz, Norbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Scott Cato, Molly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Scrieciu, S. Serban . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Seguino, Stephanie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Senior Nello, Susan Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Serino, Leandro A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Shackleton, Charlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Shambaugh, David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Shantakumar, G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Sheehan, Nadège. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Shinkuma, Takayoshi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Sievers, Burkard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Silber, Jacques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Sinclair, M. Thea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Sinclair, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Sloane, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Smith, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Smith, Matthew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Social Banks and the Future of Sustainable Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Social Regionalism in the Global Economy . . . 46Socioeconomic and Environmental Impacts on Agriculture in the New Europe. . . . . . . . 37Sorman, Alevgül H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36South Asia in the New World Order . . . . . . . . 14South Sea Bubble, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52South-South Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Spurr, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Stabler, Mike J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Stalin’s Economist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Standard of Living and Revolutions in Imperial Russia, 1700-1917, The. . . . . . . . . 40

State Structure and Economic Development in Southeast Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Statistics Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Steedman, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 51Stein, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Steppacher, Rolf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Stopford, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Storr, Virgil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Strunz, Marianne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Studies in Social Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason. . .52Subjectivism in the History of Economics . . . . 31Sugihara, Kaoru. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Sumner, Andy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Sun, Guang-Zhen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Sunna, Claudia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Sussangkarn, Chalongphob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Sustainable Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Sustainable Energy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Swyngedouw, Erik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

TTaiwan’s Democracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Taleb, Ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Tamas, Kristof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Taxation and Gender Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Taxation of Petroleum and Minerals: Principles, Problems and Practice, The. . . . . 36Taylor, Mark P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Territorial Development, Cohesion and Spatial Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Territory, specialization and globalization in European Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Thangavelu, Shandre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12The China Development Research Foundation. .15Theocarakis, Nicholas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Theory of Value, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Thomas Tooke and the Monetary Thought of Classical Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Thoyts, Rob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Time Zones, Communications Networks, and International Trade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Togo, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Toh, Raymond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Tomaney, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Toninelli, Pier Angelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Torgler, Benno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 50Towards a Socioanalysis of Money, Finance and Capitalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Towards New Developmentalism . . . . . . . . . . 50Transformation of the Gulf, The . . . . . . . . . . . 28Transition Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Tribe, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Turley, Gerard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Turner, John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Turnovsky, Michelle H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Turpin, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Tymoigne, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

UUemura, Hiroyasu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Ulbrich, Holley H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Ulrichsen, Kristian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Understanding India’s New Political Economy . .14Understanding Small-Island Developing States . . 22Urban and Regional Economics . . . . . . . . . . . 39Utting, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

VVahtra, Peeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Valodia, Imraan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Valuation of Regulating Services of Ecosystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Van Daal, Jan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Van de Voorde, Eddy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

van den Berg, Leo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45van den Hove, Sybille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36van der Heide, Martijn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37van der Meulen Rodgers, Yana. . . . . . . . . . . . 27van Heur, Bas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7van Tuijl, Erwin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45van Winden, Willem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45VanHoose, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 42Varoufakis, Yanis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Vaughan Williams, Leighton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Velupillai, K. Vela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 48Vercammen, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33von Braun, Johanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Vosko, Leah F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

WWage Policy, Income Distribution, and Democratic Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Wagner, John E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 36Wagner, Richard E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Waldron, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Walker, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Walras, Léon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Walsh, Vivian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Wang, Liming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Warwick Studies in Globalisation (series) . . . . 11Waschik, Robert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Waste and Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Weaver, Catherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Weber, Olaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Weeks, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Wei, Shang-Jin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Weiss, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Weiss, Pia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Wennmann, Achim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Whitehead, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Whyman, Philip B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Williams, Colin C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Williams, Robert B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Willoughby, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Wilson, Darryl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Wilson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Wilson, Robert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Wilson, Rodney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Wisdom and Management in the Knowledge Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Wood, Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 24, 41Wood, Geoffrey E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Wood, Michael D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Worker Identity, Agency and Economic Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Wray, L. Randall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Wright, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Wu, Ho-Mou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Wyplosz, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

YYagi, Kiichiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Yao, Yang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Yatsenko, Yuri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Yearwood, Ronnie R.F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Yoon, Carolyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Young, Warren. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Yousif, Bassam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

ZZafirovski, Milan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Zagler, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Zambelli, Stefano. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Zein-Elabdin, Eiman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Zhang, Wei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Zhu, Ying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

VIEW INSIDE RouTlEDgE BooKS

Did you know that many of our books now have “View Inside” functionality that allows you to browse online

content before making any purchasing decisions?

For more information visit www.routledge.com.

Name: Email:

Department:

Institution:

Address: Postcode: Country:

Telephone: VATNo.(EUMemberStates):

Qty Title iSBn Price

P&P

TOTaL

Method of PaymentPleasetickand/orfillrelevantboxesandselectcardtype.

Pleasesendmeapre-paymentinvoice.

MyReferenceNumberis:_____________________________________________

Iencloseacheque(madepayabletoTaylor&Francis)for£________________

Pleasechargemydebit/creditcard:

Nameoncreditcard:________________________________________________

Cardnumber:

Startdate:_____ /_____ Expirydate:_____ /_____ IssueNo*:_____

SecurityNo.(last 3 digits of security number on back of card):

Signature:__________________________________________________________(order not valid without signature)

Date:______ /______ /______*only if paying by Maestro

oRdeR youR books today...

lIbRaRy ReCoMMeNdatIoNensure that your library has access to all the latest publications.

Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp today and complete our online library Recommendation Form.


Your Details –Pleaseuseblockcapitals.

Pleaseusethisformtoorderdirectlyfromus.Ifforanyreasonyouarenotsatisfiedwithabookordereddirectlyfromus,simplyreturnitinsaleableconditionwithin30days(UK)or60days(Europe)andwewillrefundyouthecostofthebook.

Pricesandpublicationdatesarecorrectattimeofgoingtopress,butmaybesubjecttochangewithoutnotice.AllpricesarenetintheUK.

Alternatively,contactyourregularsupplier.

freePOST: Taylor&FrancisGroup Bookpoint(T&F) FreepostRRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon,OxonOX144SB (Please affix stamp if posting from outside UK.)

TeLePhOne (credit cards): +44(0)1235400524

fax: +44(0)2070176699

emaiL: [email protected]

OnLine: www.routledge.com

eBOOkS: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

ECON1008ISBN:978-0-418-24856-0

Postage & PackagingUk:5%oftotalorder(£1mincharge,£10maxcharge).Nextdaydelivery+£6.50*

europe:10%oftotalorder(£2.95mincharge,£20maxcharge).Nextdaydelivery+£6.50*

rest of world:15%oftotalorder(£6.50mincharge,£30maxcharge).

*We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.

CoMplIMeNtaRy exaM Requestto order a complimentary exam copy, please contact us using one of the methods below:

OnLine: www.routledge.com/info/compcopy

emaiL: [email protected]

fax: +44(0)2070176699

oRDeR onLine anD ReceiVe FRee P&P!

order your books from www.routledge.com and receive FRee postage & packaging when spending £20 or more. (in UK only)

Routledge,2ParkSquare,MiltonPark,Abingdon,OxonOX144RNTel:02070176000 Fax:02070176699 Email:[email protected]

Paperusedinthiscatalogueischlorinefreeandenvironmentallyfriendly.Itismanufacturedwithpulpsuppliedfromsustainablemanagedforests.


Page3 Page5 Page6 Page19

Page20 Page21 Page23 Page33

R o u t l e d g e